Skip to main content

Full text of "Migration of birds"

See other formats


MIGRATION  OF  BIRDS 


Circular  16  ^  Revised  Edition  -  1979 

FISH  &  WILDLIFE  SERVICE  /  UNITED  STATES  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 


From  the  collection  of 


International 

Bird  Rescue 

Research  Center 

Cordelia,  California 


in  association  with 
n 


o  PreTinger 

i     a 

Uibrary 

p 


San  Francisco,  California 
2006 


MIGRATION  OF  BIRDS 


By  Frederick  C.  Lincoln 


Revised  By  Steven  R.  Peterson 


Associate  Editor  Peter  A.  Anastasi 


Illustrated  By  Bob  Hines 


Circular  16  Revised  Edition  -  1979 

FISH  &  WILDLIFE  SERVICE  /  UNITED  STATES  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Page 
PREFACE   1 

INTRODUCTION   2 

THE  HISTORY  AND  SCOPE  OF  MIGRATION    4 

TECHNIQUES  FOR  STUDYING  MIGRATION    7 

Direct  Observation 7 

Aural    8 

Preserved  Specimens    8 

Marking    8 

Bands,  Collars,  Streamers 8 

Radio  Tracking 10 

Radar  Observation 10 

Laboratory   11 

Orientation  and  Navigation    11 

Physiology  of  Migration  11 

ADVANTAGES  OF  MIGRATION   13 

STIMULUS  FOR  MIGRATION 15 

WHEN  BIRDS  MIGRATE    17 

Time  of  Year  17 

Time  of  Day  20 

SPEED  OF  FLIGHT  AND  MIGRATION    25 

ALTITUDE  OF  FLIGHT  AND  MIGRATION   32 

SEGREGATION  DURING  MIGRATION    35 

By  Individuals  or  Groups  of  Species    35 

By  Age 36 

By  Sex   38 

By  Kinds  of  Flocks    40 

WHERE  BIRDS  MIGRATE   41 

Migration  by  Populations  Within  Species    41 

Fall  Flights  Not  Far  South  of  Breeding  Range 42 

Long  Distance  Migration 44 

ORIENTATION  AND  NAVIGATION 47 

INFLUENCE  OF  WEATHER 51 

INFLUENCE  OF  TOPOGRAPHY  56 

iii 


PERILS  OF  MIGRATION  58 

Storms   58 

Aerial  Obstructions  58 

Exhaustion  59 

ROUTES  OF  MIGRATION  61 

General  Considerations 61 

Flyways  and  Corridors 62 

Narrow  Routes    65 

Converging  Routes 65 

Principal  Routes  From  North  America    69 

Atlantic  Oceanic  Route 69 

Atlantic  Coast  Route  and  Tributaries  70 

Mackenzie  Valley-Great  Lakes-Mississippi  Valley  Route 

and  Tributaries 73 

Great  Plains-Rocky  Mountain  Routes    75 

Pacific  Coast  Route   76 

Pacific  Oceanic  Route  80 

Arctic  Routes 80 

PATTERNS  OF  MIGRATION  82 

Loops    82 

Dog-legs 87 

Pelagic  Wandering    90 

Leap-frogging   90 

Vertical  Migration 91 

Pre-migratory  Movements    91 

Vagrant  Migration    92 

ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MIGRATION  95 

WHERE  WE  STAND   100 

BIBLIOGRAPHY    102 

LIST  OF  BIRD  SPECIES  MENTIONED  IN  TEXT  .  , .  115 


IV 


PREFACE 


Frederick  C.  Lincoln's  classic  work  on  the  "Migration  of  Birds" 
first  appeared  in  1935.  It  was  revised  in  1950  and  has  been  out  of  print 
for  several  years,  after  selling  over  140,000  copies.  Unfilled  requests 
by  many  individuals,  clubs,  and  institutions  prompted  the  Office  of 
Conservation  Education  (now  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs)  in  the  U.S. 
Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  to  petition  another  update  for  reissue.  This 
publication  incorporates  the  results  gathered  by  research  biologists 
in  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  to  meet  these  requests. 

Lincoln's  original  intent  was  to  present  to  the  American  public  a 
summary  of  the  facts  on  bird  migration  as  they  existed  in  the  early 
1930's.  He  wrote  with  a  style  that  made  the  topic  fascinating  to  the 
young  and  old,  to  the  educated  and  uninformed,  and  to  the  ardent 
observer  as  well  as  the  backyard  watcher.  An  attempt  has  been  made 
to  retain  this  style,  while  incorporating  material  from  often  highly 
technical  research  efforts.  Much  of  the  content  and  organization  of 
the  original  publication  has  been  maintained,  but  new  sections  were 
added  to  incorporate  recent  concepts  and  techniques.  Other  concepts, 
known  to  be  inconsistent  with  present  knowledge,  have  been  deleted. 
Because  graphics  are  of  utmost  importance  in  this  type  of 
publication,  most  of  the  original  figures  were  preserved  and,  where 
appropriate,  new  illustrations  have  been  added. 

Since  the  previous  edition,  tremendous  progress  has  been  made  in 
researching  and  understanding  bird  migration;  along  with  this 
increased  effort  has  come  a  substantial  increase  in  the  literature 
devoted  to  the  subject.  Emphasis  was  given  to  reviewing  literature 
pertaining  to  migration  studies  conducted  in  North  America  after 
1950,  but  a  number  of  examples  from  the  European  literature  have 
been  included  to  emphasize  similarities  and  differences  in  migration 
throughout  the  world.  Because  extensive  author  citations  tend  to 
disrupt  the  flow  of  thought,  they  were  kept  to  a  minimum  in  the  text. 
However,  this  publication  is  essentially  a  review  of  the  literature  on 
the  subject  as  it  existed  in  the  early  1970's,  and  a  rather  extensive 
bibliography  has  been  included  to  cover  all  the  papers  quoted  in  the 
text  as  well  as  the  many  used  but  not  specifically  cited.  The 
bibliography,  then,  is  primarily  intended  for  those  interested  in 
pursuing  the  subject  further. 


INTRODUCTION 


The  changing  picture  of  bird  populations  throughout  the  year 
intrigues  those  who  are  observant  and  who  wish  to  know  the  source 
and  destination  of  these  birds.  Birds  are  the  most  mobile  creatures  on 
Earth.  Even  man  with  his  many  vehicles  of  locomotion  does  not  equal 
some  birds  in  mobility.  No  human  population  moves  each  year  as  far 
as  from  the  Arctic  to  the  Antarctic  and  return.  Yet  the  Arctic  terns 
do— and  without  the  aid  of  aircraft  or  compass. 

Birds  are  adapted  in  their  body  structure,  as  no  other  creatures,  to 
life  in  the  air.  Their  wings,  tails,  hollow  bones,  and  internal  air  sacs 
all  contribute  to  this  great  faculty.  These  adaptations  make  it 
possible  for  birds  to  seek  out  environments  most  favorable  to  their 
needs  at  different  times  of  the  year.  This  results  in  the  marvelous 
phenomenon  we  know  as  migration— the  regular,  seasonal 
movement  of  entire  populations  of  birds  from  one  geographic 
location  to  another. 

Throughout  the  ages,  migratory  birds  have  been  important  as  a 
source  of  food  after  a  lean  winter  and  as  the  harbinger  of  a  change  in 
season.  The  arrival  of  certain  species  has  been  heralded  with 
appropriate  ceremonies  in  many  lands;  among  the  Eskimos  and 
other  tribes,  the  phenomenon  to  this  day  is  the  accepted  sign  of  the 
imminence  of  spring,  of  warmer  weather,  and  a  change  from  winter 
food  shortages.  The  pioneer  fur  traders  in  Alaska  and  Canada  offered 
rewards  to  the  Indian  or  Eskimo  who  saw  the  first  flight  of  geese  in 
the  spring,  and  all  joined  in  jubilant  welcome  to  the  newcomers. 

As  the  North  American  Continent  became  more  thickly  settled,  the 
large  flocks  of  ducks  and  geese,  rails,  doves,  and  woodcock  that 
always  had  been  hunted  for  food  became  objects  of  the  enthusiastic 
attention  of  an  increasing  army  of  sportsmen.  Most  of  the  nongame 
species  were  found  to  be  valuable  also  as  allies  of  the  farmer  in  his 
never-ending  warfare  against  insect  pests.  All  species  have  been  of 
ever-increasing  recreational  and  esthetic  value  for  untold  numbers 
of  people  who  enjoy  watching  birds.  We  began  to  realize  our 
migratory  bird  resource  was  an  international  legacy  (that  cannot  be 
managed  alone  by  one  state  or  country)  and  all  nations  were 
responsible  for  its  well-being.  The  need  for  laws  protecting  game  and 
nongame  birds,  as  well  as  the  necessity  to  regulate  the  hunting  of 
diminishing  game  species,  followed  as  a  natural  course.  In  the 
management  of  this  wildlife  resource,  it  has  become  obvious  that 
continuous  studies  must  be  made  of  the  species'  habits,  environ- 
mental needs,  and  travels.  In  the  United  States,  the  Department  of 
the  Interior  recognizes  the  value  of  this  resource  and  is  devoted  to 
programs  that  will  ensure  its  preservation  and  wise  use.  Hence  bird 


investigations  are  made  by  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  an 
arm  of  the  Interior  Department,  charged  by  Congress  under  the 
Migratory  Bird  Treaty  Act,  with  the  duty  of  protecting  those  species 
that  in  their  yearly  journeys,  pass  back  and  forth  between  the  United 
States  and  other  countries. 

For  more  than  three-quarters  of  a  century  the  Fish  and  Wildlife 
Service  and  its  predecessor,  the  Biological  Survey,  have  been 
collecting  data  on  the  important  details  of  bird  migration.  Scientists 
have  gathered  information  concerning  the  distribution  and  seasonal 
movements  of  many  species  throughout  the  New  World,  from  the 
Canadian  archipelago  south  to  the  Argentine  pampas.  Supplement- 
ing these  investigations  is  the  work  of  hundreds  of  U.S.  and 
Canadian  university  personnel  and  volunteer  birdwatchers,  who 
report  on  the  migrations  and  status  of  birds  as  observed  in  their 
respective  localities;  while  others  place  numbered  bands  on  the  legs 
of  birds  to  determine  their  movements  from  one  place  to  another. 
These  data,  stored  in  field  notes,  computer  cards,  scientific  journals, 
and  on  magnetic  tape  constitute  an  enormous  reservoir  of 
information  pertaining  to  the  distribution  and  movements  of  North 
American  birds.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this  publication  to  summarize 
these  data  and  present  the  more  important  facts  about  that  little 
understood  but  universally  fascinating  subject  of  bird  migration. 
The  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  is  grateful  to  the  many  persons 
who  have  contributed  their  knowledge  so  that  other  people,  be  they 
bird  study  classes,  conservation  organizations,  or  just  individuals 
interested  in  the  welfare  of  the  birds,  may  understand  and  enjoy  this 
precious  resource  as  well  as  preserve  it  for  generations  to  come. 


THE  HISTORY  AND  SCOPE  OF  MIGRATION 


The  migrations  of  birds  were  probably  among  the  first  natural 
phenomena  to  attract  the  attention  and  arouse  the  imagination  of 
man.  Recorded  observations  on  the  subject  date  back  nearly  3,000 
years,  to  the  times  of  Hesiod  ,  Homer,  Herodotus,  Aristotle,  and 
others.  In  the  Bible  there  are  several  references  to  the  periodic 
movements  of  birds,  as  in  the  Book  of  Job  (39:26),  where  the  inquiry  is 
made:  "Doth  the  hawk  fly  by  Thy  wisdom  and  stretch  her  wings 
toward  the  south?"  The  author  of  Jeremiah  (8:7)  wrote:  "The  stork  in 
the  heavens  knoweth  her  appointed  time;  and  the  turtledove,  and  the 
crane,  and  the  swallow,  observe  the  time  of  their  coming."  The  flight 
of  quail  that  saved  the  Israelites  from  starvation  in  their  wanderings 
through  the  Sinai  wilderness  is  now  recognized  as  a  vast  migration 
between  their  breeding  grounds  in  eastern  Europe  and  western  Asia 
and  their  winter  home  in  Africa. 

Of  observers  whose  writings  are  extant,  Aristotle,  naturalist  and 
philosopher  of  ancient  Greece,  was  one  of  the  first  to  discuss  the 
subject  of  bird  migration.  He  noted  cranes  traveled  from  the  steppes 
of  Scythia  to  the  marshes  at  the  headwaters  of  the  Nile,  and  pelicans, 
geese,  swans,  rails,  doves,  and  many  other  birds  likewise  passed  to 
warmer  regions  to  spend  the  winter.  In  the  earliest  years  of  the 
Christian  era,  Pliny  the  Elder,  Roman  naturalist,  in  his  "Historia 
Naturalis,"  repeated  much  of  what  Aristotle  had  said  on  migration 
and  added  comments  of  his  own  concerning  the  movements  of 
starlings,  thrushes,  and  European  blackbirds. 

Aristotle  also  must  be  credited  with  the  origin  of  some 
superstitious  beliefs  that  persisted  for  several  centuries.  One  of  these, 
that  birds  hibernated,  became  so  firmly  rooted,  Dr.  Elliott  Coues 
(1878), *  an  eminent  American  ornithologist,  listed  the  titles  of  no  less 
than  182  papers  dealing  with  the  hibernation  of  swallows.  In  fact  the 
hibernation  theory  survived  for  more  than  2,000  years,  and  it  was  not 
until  early  in  the  nineteenth  century  that  its  acceptance  as  an 
explanation  for  the  winter  disappearance  of  birds  was  almost 
completely  abandoned.  Even  after  this,  a  few  credulous  persons 
suggested  this  idea  as  an  explanation  for  the  disappearance  of 
chimney  swifts  in  the  fall  before  bands  from  wintering  swifts  were 
finally  reported  as  taken  by  Indians  in  Peru  (Coffey  1944). 

The  followers  of  Aristotle  believed  the  disappearance  of  many 
species  of  birds  in  the  fall  was  accounted  for  by  their  passing  into  a 
torpid  state  where  they  remained  during  the  cold  season,  hidden  in 

'Publications  referred  to  parenthetically  by  date  are  listed  in  the  Bibliography,  p.  102 


hollow  trees,  caves,  or  in  the  mud  of  marshes.  Aristotle  ascribed 
hibernation  not  only  to  swallows,  but  also  to  storks,  kites,  doves,  and 
others.  Some  early  naturalists  wrote  fantastic  accounts  of  the  flocks 
of  swallows  allegedly  seen  congregating  in  marshes  until  their 
accumulated  weight  bent  into  the  water  the  reeds  on  which  they 
clung  and  thus  submerged  the  birds.  It  was  even  recorded  that  when 
fishermen  in  northern  waters  drew  up  their  nets  they  sometimes  had 
a  mixed  "catch"  of  fish  and  hibernating  swallows.  Clarke  (1912) 
quotes  Olaus  Magnus,  Archbishop  of  Upsala,  who  in  1555  published  a 
work  entitled  "Historia  de  Gentibus  Septentrionalis  et  Natura," 
wherein  he  observed  that  if  swallows  so  caught  were  taken  into  a 
warm  room  they  would  soon  begin  to  fly  about  but  would  live  only  a 
short  time. 

Although  the  idea  of  hibernation  as  a  regular  method  of  spending 
the  winter  is  no  longer  accepted  for  any  species  of  bird,  certain 
hummingbirds,  swifts,  and  poorwills  have  been  known  to  go  into  an 
extremely  torpid  condition  in  cold  weather  (Jaeger  1948, 1949).  Thus 
Aristotle  was  at  least  partially  vindicated. 

Aristotle  also  was  the  originator  of  the  theory  of  transmutation,  or 
the  seasonal  change  of  one  species  into  another.  Frequently  one 
species  would  arrive  from  the  north  just  as  another  species  departed 
for  more  southerly  latitudes.  From  this  he  reasoned  the  two  different 
species  were  actually  one  and  assumed  different  plumages  to 
correspond  to  the  summer  and  winter  seasons. 

Probably  the  most  remarkable  theory  advanced  to  account  for 
migration  is  contained  in  a  pamphlet,  "An  Essay  toward  the  Probable 
Solution  of  this  Question:  Whence  come  the  Stork  and  the  Turtledove, 
the  Crane,  and  the  Swallow,  when  they  Know  and  Observe  the 
Appointed  Time  of  their  Coming,"  mentioned  by  Clarke  (1912:  v.  1, 
9-11)  published  in  1703.  It  is  written  "By  a  Person  of  Learning  and 
Piety,"  whose  "probable  solution"  stated  migratory  birds  flew  to  the 
moon  and  there  spent  the  winter.  Astronauts  have  so  far  failed  to 
verify  this. 

Some  people,  who  easily  accepted  the  migratory  travels  of  larger 
birds,  were  unable  to  understand  how  smaller  species,  some  of  them 
notoriously  poor  fliers,  could  make  similar  journeys.  They 
accordingly  conceived  the  idea  that  larger  species  (e.g.,  storks  and 
cranes)  carried  their  smaller  companions  as  living  freight.  In  some 
southern  European  countries,  it  is  still  believed  these  broad-pinioned 
birds  serve  as  aerial  transports  for  hosts  of  small  birds  that 
congregate  upon  the  Mediterranean  shore  awaiting  the  opportunity 
for  passage  to  winter  homes  in  Africa.  Similar  beliefs,  such  as 
hummingbirds  riding  on  the  backs  of  geese,  have  been  found  among 
some  tribes  of  North  American  Indians. 

Today  we  realize  that  birds  do  not  migrate  by  "hitching"  rides  with 
other  birds  and  that  the  scope  of  the  migration  phenomenon  is 
worldwide,  not  simply  limited  to  the  United  States,  the  Northern 
Hemisphere,  or  the  world's  land  masses.  The  migration  heritage  is 
developed  just  as  extensively  in  Old  World  warblers  migrating  to  and 


from  Europe  and  Africa  as  in  our  wood  warblers  traveling  from 
Canada  and  the  United  States  to  South  America  and  back.  One  of  the 
fundamental  differences  in  migration  patterns  of  the  Northern  and 
Southern  Hemispheres  is  that  no  land  species  nesting  in  the  South 
Temperate  Zone  migrates  into  the  North  Temperate  Zone,  but  a  few 
seabirds,  such  as  the  sooty  shearwater,  Wilson's  storm-petrel,  and 
others,  migrate  north  across  the  Equator  over  the  vast  ocean 
expanses  after  nesting  in  the  South. 


TECHNIQUES  FOR  STUDYING  MIGRATION 


Before  we  discuss  the  many  intricacies  of  how,  when,  and  where 
birds  migrate,  one  should  have  a  general  idea  of  how  migration  data 
are  collected  and  what  methods  are  currently  being  used  to  increase 
our  knowledge.  Since  this  publication  first  appeared  in  1935,  many 
new  procedures  have  been  used  in  the  study  of  bird  migration.  One  of 
these,  radar,  has  been  an  invaluable  adaptation  of  a  technique 
developed  for  a  quite  different,  but  related,  purpose. 

Direct  Observation 

The  oldest,  simplest,  and  most  frequently  used  method  of  studying 
migration  is  by  direct  observation.  Size,  color,  song,  and  flight  of 
different  species  all  aid  the  amateur  as  well  as  the  professional  in 
determining  when  birds  are  migrating.  Studies  begun  by  Wells W. 
Cooke  and  his  collaborators  (Cooke  1888-1915)  and  continued  by  his 
successors  in  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey  (later  U.S.  Fish 
and  Wildlife  Service)  were  of  particular  importance  in  the  earlier 
years  of  these  investigations  in  North  America.  Some  of  the  largest 
and  most  interesting  routes  and  patterns  were  sorted  out  by  tediously 
compiling  and  comparing  literally  thousands  of  oberservations  on 
whether  a  species  was  or  was  not  seen  in  a  given  locality  at  a 
particular  time  of  the  year.  More  recently,  "The  Changing  Seasons" 
reports  by  many  amateur  bird  observers  in  Audubon  Field  Notes 
(now  American  Birds)  have  been  a  most  important  source  of 
information  on  direct  observation  of  migration.  In  the  agregate, 
direct  observation  has  contributed  much  to  our  knowledge  of 
migration,  but,  as  will  be  pointed  out  in  other  sections,  until  a  few 
years  ago,  observers  were  not  aware  of  some  of  the  biases  in  this 
technique. 

The  "moon  watch"  is  a  modification  of  the  direct  observation 
method.  It  has  long  been  known  that  many  species  of  birds  migrate  at 
night.  Until  recently,  it  was  not  apparent  just  how  important 
nocturnal  migration  really  is.  Significant  information  has  been 
derived  from  watching,  through  telescopes,  the  passage  of  migrating 
birds  across  the  face  of  a  full  moon.  Since  the  actual  percent  of  the 
sky  observed  by  looking  through  a  telescope  at  the  moon  is  extremely 
small  (approximately  one-hundred  thousandth  of  the  observable 
sky),  the  volume  of  birds  recorded  is  small.  On  a  night  of  heavy 
migration,  about  30  birds  per  hour  can  be  seen.  The  fact  that  any 
birds  are  observed  at  all  is  testimony  to  the  tremendous  numbers 
passing  overhead.  Large-scale,  cooperative  moon-watching  studies 
have  been  organized  and  interpreted  by  George  H.  Lowery,  Jr.  (1951; 
Lowery  and  Newman  1966). 


Another  specialized  direct  observation  approach  which  has  yielded 
important  information  on  the  spatial  and  altitudinal  distribution  of 
night  migrating  birds  has  been  the  use  of  small  aircraft  equipped 
with  auxiliary  landing  lights  (Bellrose  1971).  Major  disadvantages  of 
night  observation  are  that  species  cannot  be  identified  and  that  birds 
continue  to  migrate  without  a  full  moon.  However,  these  techniques 
do  give  information  on  the  nocturnal  migration  movements  that 
could  not  be  obtained  by  other  methods. 

Aural 

An  adjunct  to  the  previously  described  nocturnal  observation 
methods,  which  has  potential  for  species  identification,  is  the  use  of  a 
parabolic  reflector  with  attached  microphone  to  amplify  call  (chip) 
notes  (Ball  1952;  Graber  and  Cochrane  1959).  This  device,  when 
equipped  with  a  tape  recorder,  can  record  night  migrants  up  to 
11,000  feet  on  nights  with  or  without  a  full  moon.  A  primary 
disadvantage  is  that  one  cannot  tell  the  direction  a  bird  is  traveling 
and  there  is  considerable  difficulty  in  identifying  the  chip  notes  made 
by  night  migrants.  In  addition,  the  bird  may  not  call  when  it  is 
directly  over  the  reflector  and  consequently  it  would  not  be  recorded. 
These  calls  are  quite  different  from  the  notes  we  hear  given  by 
familiar  birds  during  the  daytime  while  they  are  scolding  an 
intruder  or  advertising  their  territory. 

Preserved  Specimens 

Reference  material  consisting  of  preserved  bird  skins  with  data  on 
time  and  place  of  collection  exist  in  many  natural  history  museums. 
The  essential  ingredient  in  studying  migration  by  this  method  is  to 
have  an  adequate  series  of  specimens  taken  during  the  breeding 
season  so  differences  in  appearance  between  geographically 
separated  breeding  populations  of  the  same  species  can  be 
determined.  Such  properly  identified  breeding  specimens  may  be 
used  for  comparison  with  individuals  collected  during  migration  to 
associate  them  with  their  breeding  areas  (Aldrich  1952;  Aldrich, 
Duvall,  and  Geis  1958).  This  supplies  a  convenient  way  of  recognizing 
and  referring  to  individuals  representative  of  known  populations 
wherever  they  may  be  encountered. 

Marking 

If  birds  can  be  captured,  marked,  and  released  unharmed,  a  great 
deal  of  information  can  be  learned  about  their  movements.  Many 
different  marking  methods  have  been  developed  to  identify 
particular  individuals  when  they  are  observed  or  recaptured  at  a 
later  date.  A  few  of  the  general  methods  are  summarized  in  this 
section. 

Bands,  Collars,  Streamers 

Since  1920,  the  marking  of  birds  with  numbered  leg  bands  in 
North  America  has  been  under  the  direction  of  the  U.S.  Fish  and 

8 


Wildlife  Service  in  cooperation  with  the  Canadian  Wildlife  Service. 
Every  year  professional  biologists  and  voluntary  cooperators, 
working  under  permit,  place  bands  on  thousands  of  birds,  game  and 
nongame,  large  and  small,  migratory  and  nonmigratory,  with  each 
band  carrying  a  serial  number  and  the  legend,  NOTIFY  FISH  AND 
WILDLIFE  SERVICE,  WASHINGTON,  D.C.,  or  on  the  smaller 
sizes,  an  abbreviation.  When  a  banded  bird  is  reported  from  a  second 
locality,  a  definite  fact  relative  to  its  movements  becomes  known,  and 
a  study  of  many  such  cases  develops  more  and  more  complete 
knowledge  of  the  details  of  migration. 

The  records  of  banded  birds  are  also  yielding  other  pertinent 
information  relative  to  their  migrations  such  as  arrival  and 
departure  dates,  the  length  of  time  different  birds  pause  on  their 
migratory  journeys  to  feed  and  rest,  the  relation  between  weather 
conditions  and  starting  times  for  migration,  the  rates  of  travel  for 
individual  birds,  the  degree  of  regularity  with  which  individual 
birds  return  to  the  summer  or  winter  quarters  used  in  former  years, 
and  many  other  details.  Many  banding  stations  are  operated 
systematically  throughout  the  year  and  supply  much  information 
concerning  the  movements  of  migratory  birds  that  heretofore  could 
only  be  surmised.  The  most  informative  banding  studies  are  those 
where  particular  populations  of  birds  are  purposely  banded  to 
produce  certain  types  of  information  when  they  are  recovered. 
Examples  of  such  planned  banding  are  the  extensive  marking  of 
specific  populations  of  ducks  and  geese  on  their  breeding  grounds  by 
the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  and  the  Canadian  Wildlife 
Service,  as  well  as  in  "Operation  Recovery,"  the  cooperative  program 
of  banding  small  landbirds  along  the  Atlantic  Coast  (Baird  et  al. 
1958).  When  these  banded  birds  are  recovered,  information 
concerning  movements  of  specific  populations  or  the  vulnerability  to 
hunting  is  gained.  Colored  leg  bands,  neck  collars,  or  streamers  can 
be  used  to  identify  populations  or  specific  individuals,  and  birds 
marked  with  easily  observed  tags  can  be  studied  without  having  to 
kill  or  recapture  individuals,  thus  making  it  a  particularly  useful 
technique. 

We  have  learned  about  the  migratory  habits  of  some  species 
through  banding,  but  the  method  does  have  shortcomings.  If  one 
wishes  to  study  the  migration  of  a  particular  species  through 
banding,  the  band  must  be  encountered  again  at  some  later  date.  If 
the  species  is  hunted,  such  as  ducks  or  geese,  the  number  of  returns 
per  100  birds  banded  is  considerably  greater  than  if  one  must  rely  on 
a  bird  being  retrapped,  found  dead,  etc.  For  example,  in  mallards 
banded  throughout  North  America  the  average  number  of  bands 
returned  the  first  year  is  about  12  percent.  In  most  species  that  are 
not  hunted,  less  than  1  percent  of  the  bands  are  ever  seen  again. 

In  1935,  Lincoln  commented  that,  with  enough  banding,  some  of 
the  winter  ranges  and  migration  routes  of  more  poorly  understood 
species  would  become  better  known.  A  case  in  point  is  the  chimney 
swift,  a  common  bird  in  the  eastern  United  States.  This  is  a 


nonhunted  species  that  winters  in  South  America.  Over  500,000 
chimney  swifts  have  been  banded,  but  only  21  have  been  recovered 
outside  the  United  States  (13  from  Peru,  1  from  Haiti,  and  the  rest 
from  Mexico).  The  conclusion  is  simply  this:  Whereas  banding  is  very 
useful  for  securing  certain  information,  the  volume  of  birds  that  need 
to  be  banded  to  obtain  a  meaningful  number  of  recoveries  for 
determining  migratory  pathways  or  unknown  breeding  or  wintering 
areas  may  be  prohibitive.  One  problem  in  interpretation  of  all 
banding  results  is  the  fact  that  recoveries  often  reflect  the 
distribution  of  people  rather  than  migration  pathways  of  the  birds. 
Other  methods  used  to  mark  individuals  in  migration  studies 
include  clipping  the  tip  end  off  a  feather  (not  a  major  flight  feather) 
with  a  fingernail  clipper  or  touching  the  feather  with  colored  paint  or 
dye.  This  marking  technique  is  obviously  good  for  only  as  long  as  the 
bird  retains  the  feather  (usually  less  than  one  year),  but  allows  the 
investigator  to  recognize  whether  the  bird  has  been  handled 
previously  or  not. 

Radio  Tracking 

One  of  the  most  promising  methods  of  tracking  the  movements  of 
individual  birds  in  migration  has  been  developed  in  recent  years.  It  is 
called  radio  tracking,  or  telemetry,  and  consists  of  attaching  to  a 
migrating  bird  a  small  radio  transmitter  that  gives  off  periodic 
signals  or  "beeps".  With  a  radio  receiving  set  mounted  on  a  truck  or 
airplane,  it  is  possible  to  follow  these  radio  signals  and  trace  the 
progress  of  the  migrating  bird.  One  of  the  most  dramatic  examples  of 
this  technique  was  reported  by  Graber  in  1965.  He  captured  a 
grey-cheeked  thrush  on  the  University  of  Illinois  campus  and 
attached  a  2.5-gram  transmitter  to  it  (a  penny  weighs  3  grams).  The 
bird  was  followed  successfully  for  over  8  hours  on  a  course  straight 
across  Chicago  and  up  Lake  Michigan  on  a  continuous  flight  of  nearly 
400  miles  at  an  average  speed  of  50  mph  (there  was  a  27  mph  tail 
wind  aiding  the  bird).  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  while  the  little 
thrush  flew  up  the  middle  of  Lake  Michigan,  the  pursuing  aircraft 
skirted  the  edge  of  the  lake  and  terminated  tracking  at  the  northern 
end  after  running  low  on  fuel  while  the  bird  flew  on.  The  limitations 
of  radio  telemetry,  of  course,  are  the  size  of  the  transmitter  that  can 
be  placed  on  birds  without  interfering  with  flight  and  the  ability  of 
the  receiving  vehicle  to  keep  close  enough  to  the  flying  bird  to  detect 
the  signals.  Despite  this  difficulty  there  has  been  considerable 
development  in  the  technology,  and  encouraging  results  to  date  give 
promise  for  the  future,  particularly  when  receivers  can  be  mounted 
on  orbiting  satellites  (Graber  1965;  Bray  and  Corner  1972;  Southern 
1965). 

Radar  Observation 

One  of  the  developments  of  our  modern  age  of  electronics  has  been 
the  discovery  that  migrating  birds  show  up  on  radar  screens  used  in 
monitoring  aircraft.  At  first,  the  screen  images  caused  by  flying 

10 


birds  were  a  mystery  to  radar  operators,  and  they  designated  the  dots 
"angels."  Later  when  their  nature  was  understood,  students  of  bird 
migration  seized  on  the  unique  opportunity  to  obtain  information  on 
movements  of  birds  over  extensive  areas  (Sutter  1957;  Drury  1960; 
Lacke  1963a,  b;  Bellrose  1967;  Graber  1968;  and  Gauthreaux  1972a, 
b). 

Three  types  of  radar  have  been  used  for  studing  birds:  1)  general 
surveillance  radar,  similar  to  ones  located  at  airports,  that  scans  a 
large  area  and  indicates  the  general  time  and  direction  of  broad 
movements  of  birds;  2)  a  tracking  radar  that  records  the  path  of  an 
airplane  (or  bird)  across  the  sky  by  "locking  on"  to  a  designated 
"target"  and  continuously  following  only  that  object;  and  3)  a  Doppler 
radar  similar  to  those  operated  by  law  enforcement  agencies  for 
measuring  the  speed  of  a  passing  automobile.  The  latter  radar  set  is 
useful  in  determining  the  speed  of  flying  birds. 

The  use  of  radar  in  migration  studies  has  been  invaluable  in 
determining  direction  of  mass  movement,  dates  and  times  of 
departure,  height  of  travel,  and  general  volume,  especially  at  night. 
One  interesting  fact  to  come  out  of  current  radar  work  is  the 
discovery  of  relatively  large  movements  of  warblers  and  other  land 
birds  migrating  over  the  seas  rather  than  along  the  coastlines  and  in 
directions  observers  were  completely  unaware  of  a  few  years  ago. 

Laboratory 

Orientation  and  Navigation __ 

Studies  on  how  migrating  birds  orient  (travel  in  one  compass 
direction)  or  navigate  (travel  toward  a  specific  goal)  have  received 
increasing  emphasis  in  the  past  20  years.  These  studies  have  focused 
on  the  ability  of  birds  to  orient  themselves  by  the  position  of  the  sun 
and  stars.  Outstanding  in  this  facet  of  research  have  been  the  works 
of  Matthews  (1951, 1955),  Kramer  (1952, 1959,  and  1961),  Sauer  and 
Sauer  (1960),  Mewaldt  and  Rose  (1960),  Sauer  (1961),  Hamilton 
(1962a,  b),  Schmidt-Koenig  (1963, 1964),  and  Emlen  (1969).  The  basic 
method  used  in  the  experiments  is  to  observe  the  direction  in  which 
confined  birds  attempt  to  move  during  the  period  of  migratory 
restlessness.  The  birds  are  not  permitted  to  have  any  view  of  the 
landscape  but  only  the  sky  above  them.  In  some  cases  the  positions  of 
the  celestial  bodies  are  changed  by  the  use  of  mirrors  to  see  the  effect 
on  the  orientation  of  the  experimental  birds.  In  other  cases  the 
experiments  are  performed  in  plantetariums  so  positions  of  the  stars 
in  the  artificial  heavens  can  be  manipulated  and  the  effect  observed. 

Physiology  of  Migration 

The  physiological  basis  for  bird  migration  has  received 
considerable  attention,  particularly  the  effects  of  seasonal  increases 
and  decreases  in  daylight  and  the  seasonal  rhythms  occurring  within 
animals  and  referred  to  as  "biological  clocks."  Investigations  in  this 
field  include  the  pioneering  work  on  the  relationship  of  photoperiod 

11 


(daylength)  to  migration  by  Rowan  (1925,  1926)  and  many 
subsequent  studies  (Wolfson  1940,  1945;  Marshall  1961;  King, 
Barker  and  Farner  1963;  King  and  Earner  1963;  King  1963;  Farner 
1955,  1960;  and  Farner  and  Mewaldt  1953).  These  studies  have 
become  ever  more  deeply  involved  in  the  intricate  relationships 
between  photoperiod,  endocrine  interactions,  gonad  development, 
fat  deposition,  and  migratory  unrest.  They  add  to  our  knowledge  of 
the  mechanisms  that  regulate  the  migratory  behavior  we  observe. 


12 


ADVANTAGES  OF  MIGRATION 


Why  should  a  bird  subject  itself  to  the  rigors  of  a  long  migratory 
journey  twice  a  year  if  it  can  find  all  the  requirements  suitable  for 
existence  in  one  locality?  It  seems  well  to  consider  briefly  the  ends 
that  are  served  by  this  annual  round  trip  between  breeding  grounds 
and  winter  quarters.  Obviously,  the  migratory  habit  enables  a 
species  to  enjoy  the  summer  of  northern  latitudes  and  to  avoid  the 
severity  of  winter.  In  other  words,  migration  makes  it  possible  for 
some  species  to  inhabit  two  different  areas  during  the  seasons  when 
each  presents  favorable  conditions.  If  it  was  not  advantageous  to 
make  the  trip  twice  a  year,  natural  selection  would  have  eliminated 
the  tendency,  but  bird  migration  has  become  the  rule  over  much  of 
the  world  rather  than  the  exception. 

By  withdrawing  in  the  spring  to  regions  uninhabitable  earlier  in 
the  year,  migrant  species  are  generally  assured  of  adequate  space 
and  ample  food  upon  their  arrival  in  the  winter-freed  North,  and 
those  nonmigratory  kinds,  which  stay  behind  to  nest,  are  also  assured 
of  ample  space  for  these  activities. 

Every  pair  of  birds  requires  a  certain  amount  of  territory  for  the 
performance  of  its  reproductive  duties,  the  extent  of  which  varies 
greatly  between  different  species.  This  territory  must  be  large 
enough  to  provide  adequate  food,  not  only  for  the  parent  birds  but 
also  for  the  lusty  appetites  of  their  young.  In  the  Arctic  summer,  24 
hours  of  daylight  allow  the  young  to  feed  or  be  fed  almost  con- 
tinuously and  rapid  growth  is  apparent.  The  short  breeding  season  in 
northern  latitudes  exposes  the  vulnerable  young  to  predation  for  a 
brief  period  and  prevents  a  build  up  of  predator  populations. 

It  cannot  be  said  that  the  winter  or  summer  area  of  every  species  is 
entirely  unsuited  to  the  requirements  of  all  of  its  members  at  other 
seasons,  because  some  individuals  pass  the  winter  season  in  areas 
that  are  frequented  only  in  summer  by  other  individuals  of  their 
species.  Such  species  may  have  extensive  breeding  ranges  with  wide 
climatic  variations  so  that  some  individuals  may  actually  be 
permanently  resident  in  a  region  where  others  of  their  kind  are 
present  only  in  winter.  Also,  some  individual  song  sparrows  and  blue 
jays,  for  example,  have  been  known  to  change  their  migratory  status 
(e.g.,  a  particular  bird  may  migrate  one  year  and  not  the  next  or  vice 
versa).  Thus,  different  individuals  or  populations  within  these 
species  appear  to  have  different  tolerances  for  climatic  conditions. 

The  tendency  of  some  birds  to  move  southward  at  the  approach  of 
winter  is  not  always  due  to  seasonal  low  temperatures.  Experiments 
have  demonstrated  many  of  our  summer  insect  feeders,  when 
confined  in  outdoor  aviaries,  comfortably  withstand  temperatures 

13 


far  below  zero  as  long  as  abundant  food  is  provided.  The  main 
consideration  then,  is  depletion  of  the  food  supply,  caused  by  either 
the  disappearance  or  hibernation  of  insects  or  the  mantle  of  snow  or 
ice  that  prevents  access  to  seeds  and  other  food  found  on  or  close  to  the 
ground  or  submerged  in  water.  Also,  shortened  hours  of  daylight 
may  restrict  the  ability  of  birds  to  obtain  sufficient  food  at  a  time 
when  low  temperatures  require  increased  energy  to  maintain  body 
heat.  It  is  noteworthy  that  some  of  our  smaller  birds,  such  as  the 
chickadees,  can  withstand  a  cold  winter  because  their  food  supplies 
are  always  available  above  ground  on  trees.  When  there  is  a  good 
supply  of  pine  and  spruce  seeds,  red-breasted  nuthatches  and 
crossbills  will  remain  through  the  winter  in  Canadian  woods,  but 
when  these  birds  appear  abundantly  in  winter  at  southern  latitudes, 
it  may  be  concluded  there  is  a  shortage  of  these  foods  in  the  North. 


11 


STIMULUS  FOR  MIGRATION 


Modern  views  based  on  studies  of  bird  behavior  and  physiology 
indicate  migration  is  a  regular,  annually  induced  movement, 
modified  by  local  weather  conditions,  but  largely  independent  of 
them.  Migration  is  a  phenomenon  far  too  regular  to  be  created  anew 
each  season  merely  under  stress  of  circumstances,  such  as  need  for 
food;  and  it  begins  before  the  necessity  for  a  change  in  latitude 
becomes  at  all  pressing.  Swallows,  nighthawks,  shorebirds,  and 
others  may  start  their  southward  movement  while  the  summer  food 
supply  in  the  North  is  at  peak  abundance.  American  robins  and 
bluebirds  may  leave  abundant  food  in  the  South  and  press  northward 
when  food  supplies  there  are  almost  entirely  lacking  and  severe  cold 
and  storms  are  likely  to  cause  their  wholesale  destruction.  Regularity 
of  arrival  and  departure  is  one  of  the  most  impressive  features  of 
migration,  and  since  birds  travel  in  a  rather  strict  accordance  with 
the  calendar,  we  might  ask:  "What  phenomena,  other  than  the 
regular  changes  in  length  of  day,  occur  with  sufficient  precision  to 
act  as  a  stimulus  for  migration?" 

Experimental  work  has  abundantly  demonstrated  the  effect  of 
increased  light  upon  the  growth,  flowering,  and  fruiting  of  plants. 
Similarly,  Rowan's  (1925)  experiments  with  slate-colored  juncos  and 
the  work  of  numerous  subsequent  investigators  showed,  at  least  in 
some  temperate  zone  species  of  migratory  birds,  increasing  periods 
of  daylight  triggered  sex  organs  to  develop,  fat  to  be  deposited,  and 
migration  restlessness  to  begin  (King  and  Farner,  1963).  When  these 
conditions  develop  to  a  certain  level,  the  bird  enters  a  "disposition  to 
migrate"  and  takes  off  for  its  breeding  or  wintering  grounds.  There  is 
reason  to  believe  certain  weather  conditions  influence  the  actual  time 
of  departure  and  especially  the  rate  of  progress  to  the  breeding  area. 

This  explanation  of  the  stimulus  for  migration  may  apply  very 
broadly  to  birds  that  winter  in  temperate  parts  of  the  world  and  nest 
in  the  same  hemisphere  but  fails  in  those  birds  wintering  in  the 
tropics,  where  little  change  in  length  of  day  occurs  and  even 
decreases  during  the  spring  in  regions  south  of  the  Equator.  It  might 
be  asked:  "If  the  lengthening  day  is  the  stimulating  factor,  why 
should  our  summer  birds,  wintering  in  the  tropics,  ever  start  north?" 
In  addition,  if  daylength  influences  when  birds  are  stimulated  to 
migrate,  why  should  they  not  all  leave  the  same  locality  at  the  same 
time?  Or,  if  weather  controls  the  departure  of  birds  from  a  given 
area,  should  not  all  the  migrants  leave  when  conditions  are  optimal 
and  refrain  from  departing  when  conditions  are  not  so?  Actually,  the 
conditions  that  place  a  bird  in  a  disposition  to  migrate  are  probably 
the  result  of  a  combination  of  factors  affecting  different  species 

15 


differently.  Thus  not  all  birds  arrive  at  this  condition  at  the  same 
time. 

It  has  been  demonstrated  experimentally  that  Andean  sparrows, 
resident  in  equatorial  regions,  come  into  breeding  condition  twice 
annually  entirely  independent  of  changing  light  periods  (Miller 
1963);  evidently  the  breeding  cycle  is  controlled  by  periodic  internal 
stimuli.  Probably  northern  migrants  that  winter  in  equatorial 
regions  and  beyond  have  their  migratory  urges  controlled  by  similar 
rhythms  or  biological  clocks.  Also,  no  evidence  suggests  that  the 
southward  migration  of  birds  is  controlled  by  changing  periods  of 
light  even  among  species  such  as  white-crowned  sparrows,  for  which 
this  is  a  controlling  factor  in  the  spring.  The  fall  stimulus  is  probably 
an  innate  cyclic  occurrence  brought  on  by  a  biological  mechanism  of 
unknown  nature  (King,  Barker,  and  Farner  1963). 

It  is  pertinent  to  point  out  that  the  migratory  instinct  appears  to  be 
more  or  less  transitory  and  not  persistent  over  an  extended  period. 
Migratory  birds  may  be  delayed  en  route,  either  by  natural 
conditions  such  as  unusually  abundant  food  supplies  or  forcibly  by 
man.  If  detained  until  the  end  of  the  migratory  season,  migrants  may 
not  attempt  to  finish  the  journey  because  they  apparently  lose  the 
migratory  impulse.  In  the  fall  and  early  winter  of  1929,  abundant 
food  and  open  water  caused  an  unusual  number  of  mallards  to  arrest 
their  migration  and  remain  in  western  Montana  and  northern  Idaho. 
Later,  however,  when  a  heavy  snowfall  with  subzero  temperatures 
suddenly  cut  off  the  food  supply,  great  numbers  of  the  birds 
subsequently  starved  to  death;  a  flight  of  a  few  hours  could  have 
carried  them  to  a  region  of  open  water  and  abundant  food. 


16 


WHEN  BIRDS  MIGRATE 


One  ordinarily  thinks  of  the  world  of  birds  as  sedentary  during  two 
periods  each  year,  at  nesting  time,  and  in  winter.  For  individuals  this 
is  obviously  the  case,  but  when  the  entire  avifauna  of  North  America 
or  the  world  is  considered,  it  is  found  that  at  almost  all  periods  there 
are  some  latitudinal  movements  of  birds.  A  few  of  these  movements 
reoccur  year  after  year  with  calendar-like  regularity.  Each  species, 
or  group  of  species,  migrates  at  a  particular  time  of  the  year  and  some 
at  a  particular  time  of  the  day.  In  this  section  some  of  the  interesting 
differences  will  be  discussed  as  to  when  birds  migrate. 

Time  of  Year 

Some  species  begin  their  fall  migrations  early  in  July,  and  in  other 
species  distinct  southward  movements  can  be  detected  late  into  the 
winter.  While  some  migrants  are  still  traveling  south,  some  early 
spring  migrants  can  be  observed  returning  north  through  the  same 
locality.  For  example,  many  shorebirds  start  south  in  the  early  part 
of  July,  while  the  goshawks,  snowy  owls,  redpolls,  and  Bohemian 
waxwings  do  not  leave  the  North  until  forced  to  do  so  by  the  advent  of 
severe  winter  weather  or  a  lack  of  customary  food.  Thus  an  observer 
in  the  northern  part  of  the  United  States  may  record  an  almost 
unbroken  southward  procession  of  birds  from  midsummer  to  winter 
and  note  some  of  the  returning  migrants  as  early  as  the  middle  of 
February.  While  on  their  way  north,  purple  martins  have  been 
known  to  arrive  in  Florida  late  in  January,  and,  among  late 
migrants,  the  northern  movement  may  continue  well  into  June.  In 
some  species  the  migration  is  so  prolonged  that  the  first  arrivals  in 
the  southern  part  of  the  breeding  range  will  have  performed  their 
parental  duties  and  may  actually  start  south  while  others  of  the 
species  are  still  on  their  way  north. 

A  study  of  these  facts  indicates  the  existence  of  northern  and 
southern  populations  of  the  same  species  that  have  quite  different 
migration  schedules.  In  fall,  migratory  populations  that  nest  farthest 
south  migrate  first  to  the  winter  range  because  they  finish  nesting 
first.  For  example,  the  breeding  range  of  the  black-and-white 
warbler  covers  much  of  the  eastern  United  States  and  southern 
Canada  northwest  through  the  prairies  to  Great  Bear  Lake  in 
Canada  (Fig.  1).  It  spends  the  winter  in  southern  Florida,  the  West 
Indies,  southern  and  eastern  Mexico,  Central  America,  and 
northwestern  South  America.  In  the  southern  part  of  its  breeding 
range,  it  nests  in  April,  but  those  summering  in  New  Brunswick  do 
not  reach  their  nesting  grounds  before  the  middle  of  May.  (Lines  that 
connect  points  where  birds  arrive  at  the  same  line  are  called 

17 


isochronal  lines.  Fig.  2)  Therefore,  if  50  days  are  required  to  cross  the 
breeding  range,  and  if  60  days  are  allowed  for  reproductive  activities 
and  molting,  they  would  not  be  ready  to  start  southward  before  the 
middle  of  July.  Then  with  a  return  50-day  trip  south,  the  earliest 
migrants  from  the  northern  areas  would  reach  the  Gulf  Coast  in 
September.  Since  adults  and  young  have  been  observed  on  the 
northern  coast  of  South  America  by  August  21,  it  is  very  likely  that 
they  must  have  come  from  the  southern  part  of  the  nesting  area. 


Figure  1.  Summer  and  winter  homes  of  the  black-and-white  warbler.  A  very  slow 
migrant,  these  birds  nesting  in  the  northern  part  of  the  country  take  50  days  to  cross 
the  breeding  range.  The  speed  of  migration  is  shown  in  Fig.  2. 

18 


Many  smiliar  cases  might  be  mentioned,  such  as  the  black- 
throated  blue  warblers  still  observed  in  the  mountains  of  Haiti  during 
the  middle  of  May  when  others  of  this  species  are  en  route  through  North 
Carolina  to  New  England  breeding  grounds.  Redstarts  and  yellow 
warblers,  evidently  the  more  southern  breeders,  are  seen  returning 
southward  on  the  northern  coast  of  South  America  just  about  the 
time  the  earliest  of  those  breeding  in  the  North  reach  Florida  on  their 
way  to  winter  quarters.  Examples  of  the  Alaska  race  of  the  yellow 


Figure  2.  Isochronal  migration  lines  of  the  black-and-white  warbler,  showing  a  very 
slow  and  uniform  migration.  The  solid  lines  connect  places  at  which  these  birds  arrive 
at  the  same  time.  These  birds  apparently  advance  only  about  20  miles  per  day  in 
crossing  the  United  States. 

19 


warbler  have  been  collected  in  Mississippi,  Florida,  and  the  District 
of  Columbia  as  late  as  October. 

Students  of  migration  know  that  birds  generally  travel  in  waves, 
the  magnitude  of  which  varies  with  populations,  species,  weather, 
and  time  of  year.  Characteristically,  one  will  observe  a  few  early 
individuals  come  into  an  area  followed  by  a  much  larger  volume  of 
migrants.  This  peak  will  then  gradually  taper  off  to  a  few  lingering 
stragglers.  If  we  plot  numbers  observed  against  time,  the  rising  and 
receding  curve  takes  the  form  of  a  bell.  In  the  northern  part  of  the 
United  States  there  are  two  general  migration  waves.  The  first  one  in 
early  spring  consists  of  "hardy"  birds  including  many  of  our  common 
seed  eaters  like  the  finches,  sparrows,  and  others.  The  second  wave 
occurs  about  a  month  later  and  consists  primarily  of  insect-eating 
birds,  such  as  flycatchers,  vireos,  warblers,  and  the  like.  Each  of 
these  species  in  turn  has  its  own  "curve"  of  migration  in  the  major 
wave. 

Time  of  Day 

Because  most  birds  appear  to  be  creatures  of  daylight,  it  seems 
remarkable  that  many  should  select  the  night  for  extended  travel. 
Among  the  many  nocturnal  migrants  are  the  smaller  birds  such  as 
rails,  flycatchers,  orioles,  most  of  the  sparrows,  the  warblers,  vireos, 
thrushes,  and  shorebirds.  It  is  common  to  find  woods  and  fields  on  one 
day  almost  barren  of  bird  life  and  on  the  following  day  filled  with 
sparrows,  warblers,  and  thrushes,  which  indicates  the  arrival  of 
migrants  during  the  night.  Waterfowl  hunters  sitting  in  their 
"blinds"  frequently  observe  the  passage  of  flocks  of  ducks  and  geese, 
but  great  numbers  of  these  birds  also  pass  through  at  night;  the  calls 
of  Canada  geese  or  the  conversational  gabbling  of  a  flock  of  ducks  are 
common  night  sounds  in  spring  and  fall  in  many  parts  of  the  country. 
Observations  made  with  telescopes  focused  on  the  full  moon  have 
shown  processions  of  birds,  and  one  observer  estimated  their  passage 
over  his  area  at  the  rate  of  9,000  per  hour.  This  gives  some  indication 
of  the  numbers  of  birds  in  the  air  at  night  during  peaks  of  migration. 
At  such  times  radar  observations  have  shown  that  nocturnal 
migration  begins  about  an  hour  after  sundown,  reaches  a  peak 
shortly  before  midnight,  and  then  gradually  tapers  off  until 
daybreak.  Unless  special  curcuits  are  installed  in  radar  sets,  bird 
echoes  during  peak  migration  periods  may  cover  a  radar  screen. 

It  has  been  suggested  that  small  birds  migrate  by  night  to  avoid 
their  enemies.  To  a  certain  extent  this  may  be  true  because  the 
group  includes  not  only  weak  fliers,  such  as  the  rails,  but  also  the 
small  song  and  insectivorous  birds,  such  as  wrens,  small  woodland 
flycatchers,  and  other  species  that  habitually  live  more  or  less  in 
concealment.  These  birds  are  probably  much  safer  making  their 
flights  under  the  protecting  cloak  of  darkness.  Nevertheless,  it  must 
be  remembered  that  night  migrants  include  also  the  snipe, 
sandpipers,  and  plovers.  Most  shorebirds  are  usually  found  in  the 
open  and  are  among  the  more  powerful  fliers,  as  some  of  them  make 

20 


annual  migratory  flights  over  2,000  miles  nonstop  across  the  ocean. 

Night  travel  is  probably  best  for  the  majority  of  birds  chiefly  from 
the  standpoint  of  feeding.  Digestion  is  very  rapid  in  birds  and  yet  the 
stomach  of  one  killed  during  the  day  almost  always  contains  food.  To 
replace  the  energy  required  for  long  flight,  it  is  essential  that  either 
food  be  obtained  at  comparatively  short  intervals  or  stores  of  fat  be 
laid  on  prior  to  migration.  If  the  smaller  migrants  were  to  make 
protracted  flights  by  day  they  would  arrive  at  their  destination  at 
nightfall  almost  exhausted,  but  since  they  are  entirely  daylight 
feeders,  they  would  be  unable  to  obtain  food  until  the  following 
morning.  Unless  reserve  energy  was  carried  in  the  form  of  fat,  the 
inability  to  feed  would  delay  further  flights  and  result  in  great 
exhaustion  or  possibly  even  death  should  their  evening  arrival 
coincide  with  cold  or  stormy  weather.  By  traveling  at  night,  they  can 
pause  at  daybreak  and  devote  the  entire  period  of  daylight  to 
alternate  feeding  and  resting.  This  schedule  permits  complete 
recuperation  and  resumption  of  the  journey  on  a  subsequent  evening 
after  sufficient  energy  has  been  restored. 

The  day  migrants  include,  in  addition  to  some  of  the  ducks  and 
geese,  the  loons,  cranes,  gulls,  pelicans,  hawks,  swallows, 
nighthawks,  and  swifts.  Soaring  birds,  including  broad-winged 
hawks,  storks,  and  vultures,  can  only  migrate  during  the  day  because 
their  mode  of  flight  makes  them  dependent  on  up-drafts  created  by 
heat  from  the  sun  for  their  long  distance  travels.  On  the  other  hand, 
swifts  and  swallows  feed  entirely  on  diurnal  flying  insects.  The 
circling  flocks  are  frequently  seen  in  late  summer  feeding  as  they 
travel  while  working  gradually  southward.  Formerly,  great  flocks  of 
red-tailed,  Swainson's,  and  rough-legged  hawks  could  be  seen 
wheeling  majestically  across  the  sky  in  the  Plains  States.  In  the  East, 
good  flights  of  broad-winged,  Cooper's,  and  sharp-shinned  hawks  are 
still  often  seen,  particularly  along  the  Appalachian  ridges. 

Because  many  species  of  wading  and  swimming  birds  are  able  to 
feed  at  all  hours,  they  migrate  either  by  day  or  night  and  are  not 
accustomed  to  seek  safety  in  concealment.  Some  diving  birds, 
including  ducks  that  submerge  when  in  danger,  often  travel  over 
water  by  day  and  over  land  at  night.  Strong  flyers  like  the  snow  geese 
can  make  the  entire  trip  from  their  staging  area  in  James  Bay, 
Canada,  to  the  wintering  grounds  on  the  Louisiana  Gulf  coast  in  one 
continuous  flight.  These  birds  are  seldom  shot  by  hunters  enroute 
between  these  two  points  but  are  often  observed,  when  migrating,  by 
aircraft  pilots.  Graham  Cooch  of  the  Canadian  Wildlife  Service 
tracked  a  flight  of  the  blue  phase  of  this  species  in  1955.  The  birds  left 
James  Bay  on  October  17  and  arrived  on  the  Gulf  coast  60  hours  later 
after  an  apparent  continuous  flight  over  the  1,700-mile  route  at  an 
average  speed  of  28  miles  per  hour.  Golden  plovers,  likewise, 
probably  make  the  southward  flight  from  the  Arctic  to  the  South 
American  coast  in  one  giant  leap.  Other  Arctic  species  on  their 
northward  flight  in  the  spring  might  prefer  to  fly  at  night  in  lower 
altitudes,  but  must  necessarily  fly  during  the  day  at  higher  altitudes 

21 


because  of  the  length  of  the  days.  Many  warblers  that  normally  fly  at 
night  may  find  themselves  over  water  at  daybreak  and  be  forced  to 
keep  flying  during  the  day  until  landfall  is  made. 

An  interesting  comparison  of  the  flights  of  day  and  night  migrants 
may  be  made  through  a  consideration  of  the  spring  migrations  of  the 
blackpoll  warbler  and  the  cliff  swallow.  Both  spend  the  winter  as 
neighbors  in  South  America,  but  when  the  impulse  comes  to  start 
northward  toward  their  respective  breeding  grounds,  the  warblers 


Isochronal  Migration 
Migration  Route 


Figure  3.  Migration  of  the  blackpoll  warbler.  As  the  birds  move  northward,  the  iso- 
chronal lines  become  farther  apart,  which  indicates  that  the  warblers  move  faster  irith 
the  advance  of  spring.  From  April  30  to  May  1 0  the  average  speed  is  about  30  miles  per 
day,  while  from  May  25  to  May  30  it  increases  to  more  than  200  miles. 

22 


strike  straight  across  the  Caribbean  Sea  to  Florida  (Fig.  3),  while  the 
swallows  begin  their  journey  by  a  westward  flight  of  several  hundred 
miles  to  Panama  (Fig.  4).  From  there  they  move  leisurely  along  the 
western  shore  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  to  Mexico,  and,  continuing  to 
avoid  a  long  trip  over  water,  go  completely  around  the  western  end  of 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  This  circuitous  route  adds  more  than  2,000  miles 
to  the  journey  of  the  swallows  that  nest  in  Nova  Scotia.  The  question 
may  be  asked:  "Why  should  the  swallow  select  a  route  so  much  longer 


Cliff  Swallow 


_    Isochronal  Migration  Lines 
•    Migration  Route 


Figure  4.  Migration  of  the  cliff  swallow.  A  day  migrant  that,  instead  of  flying  across 
the  Caribbean  Sea  as  does  the  black-poll  warbler  (see  Fig.  3),  follows  the  coast 
of  Central  America,  where  food  is  readily  obtained. 

23 


and  more  roundabout  than  that  taken  by  the  blackpoll  warbler?"  The 
explanation  is  simple.  The  swallow  is  a  day  migrant  while  the 
warbler  travels  at  night.  The  migration  of  the  warbler  is  made  up  of  a 
series  of  long  nocturnal  flights  alternated  with  days  of  rest  and 
feeding  in  favorable  localities.  The  swallow,  on  the  other  hand,  starts 
its  migration  several  weeks  earlier  and  catches  each  day's  ration  of 
flying  insects  during  its  aerial  evolutions,  while  slowly  migrating. 
The  2,000  extra  miles  flown  along  the  insect-teeming  shores  of  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  are  exceeded  by  the  great  distances  covered  by  these 
birds  in  normal  pursuit  of  food. 

Although  most  of  our  smaller  birds  make  their  longest  flights  at 
night,  close  observation  shows  travel  is  continued  to  some  extent  by 
day.  During  the  latter  half  of  a  migratory  season  birds  may  show 
evidence  of  an  overpowering  desire  to  hasten  to  their  breeding 
grounds.  At  this  time  flocks  of  birds  maintain  a  movement  in  the 
general  direction  of  the  seasonal  journey  while  feeding  on  or  near  the 
ground.  Sometimes  they  travel  hurriedly,  and  while  their  flights 
may  be  short,  they  can  cover  an  appreciable  distance  in  the  course  of  a 
day. 


24 


SPEED  OF  FLIGHT  AND  MIGRATION 


There  is  a  widespread  misconception  among  people  concerning  the 
speed  at  which  birds  can  fly.  One  often  hears  stories  of  birds  fly  ing  "a 
mile  a  minute."  While  undoubtedly  some  birds  can  and  do  attain  this 
speed,  such  cases  are  exceptional,  and  it  is  safe  to  say  that,  even  when 
pressed,  few  can  develop  an  air  speed  of  60  miles  per  hour.  Birds 
generally  have  two  greatly  differing  speeds,  one  being  the  normal 
rate  for  ordinary  purposes,  and  an  accelerated  speed  for  escape  or 
pursuit.  All  birds,  except  the  heavy-bodied,  small-winged  species 
such  as  auks,  grebes,  and  other  divers,  have  a  reserve  speed  that  may 
be  double  the  normal  rate. 

Although  it  was  thought  for  a  long  time  that  migratory  flights 
were  made  at  normal  cruising  speeds,  Harrison  (1931)  and 
Meinertzhagen  (1955)  showed  that  migration  speeds  were  in  between 
cruising  speeds  and  escape  speeds.  The  theory  that  migrating  birds 
attain  high  speeds  received  encouragement  from  the  German 
ornithologist  Gatke  (1895)  who,  for  many  years,  observed  birds  at  the 
island  of  Heligoland.  He  postulated  that  the  bluethroat,  a  species  of 
thrush  smaller  than  the  American  hermit  thrush,  could  leave 
African  winter  quarters  at  dusk  and  reach  Heligoland  at  dawn;  this 
flight  would  mean  a  sustained  speed  of  200  miles  per  hour!  He  also 
thought  the  American  golden  plover  flew  from  the  coast  of  Labrador 
to  Brazil  in  15  hours  at  the  tremendous  speed  of  250  miles  per  hour. 
Most  ornithologists  now  consider  these  conclusions  to  be  unwarrant- 
ed. 

Reliable  data  on  the  speed  of  birds  are  accumulating  slowly. 
Accurate  measurements  are  difficult  to  obtain  unless  the  bird  travels 
over  a  measured  course  and  wind  conditions  at  the  level  of  flight  are 
known.  Several  subtle  factors,  besides  wind  and  pursuit,  can 
influence  the  speed  of  a  flying  bird.  For  instance,  species  that  have  a 
courtship  flight  often  reach  their  maximum  speeds  then.  Small 
woodland  birds  often  fly  faster  across  an  open  area  where  they  might 
be  attacked  by  a  bird  of  prey  than  under  cover  where  there  is  less 
danger.  Birds  in  flocks  generally  fly  faster  than  when  flying  alone.  A 
thermal  draft  may  induce  an  almost  imperceptible  air  movement  at 
the  Earth's  surface,  but  a  good  glider  with  motionless  wings  may 
make  35  miles  per  hour  on  a  current  of  air  that  is  rising  vertically  at 
less  than  2  miles  per  hour.  If  the  bird  coasts  downhill  at  a  slight  angle 
in  still  air,  it  can  attain  a  similar  speed. 

For  sustained  flight,  it  may  be  generally  concluded  that  larger 
birds  fly  faster  than  smaller  birds.  A  common  flying  speed  of  ducks 
and  geese  is  between  40  and  50  miles  per  hour,  but  among  the  smaller 
birds  it  is  much  less.  Herons,  hawks,  horned  larks,  ravens,  and 

25 


shrikes,  timed  with  the  speedometer  of  an  automobile,  have  been 
found  to  fly  22  to  28  miles  per  hour,  whereas  some  of  the  flycatchers 
fly  at  only  10  to  17  miles  per  hour.  Even  such  fast-flying  birds  as  the 
mourning  dove  rarely  exceed  35  miles  per  hour.  A  peregrine  falcon 
will  have  difficulty  catching  a  pigeon  during  a  level  chase  at  60  miles 
per  hour,  but  this  predator  can  probably  exceed  200  miles  per  hour 
during  a  swoop  from  a  greater  height  onto  its  prey. 

The  speed  of  migration  is  quite  different  from  that  attained  in 
forced  flights  for  short  distances.  A  sustained  flight  of  10  hours  per 
day  would  carry  herons,  hawks,  crows,  and  smaller  birds  from  100  to 
250  miles,  while  ducks  and  geese  might  travel  as  much  as  400  to  500 
miles  in  the  same  period  (without  the  aid  of  a  tail  wind).  Measured  as 
straight  line  distances,  these  journeys  are  impressive  and  indicate 
birds  could  travel  from  the  northern  United  States  or  even  from 
northern  Canada  to  winter  quarters  in  the  West  Indies,  Central,  or 
South  America  in  a  relatively  short  time.  It  is  probable  that 
individual  birds  do  make  flights  of  the  length  indicated  and  that  barn 
swallows  seen  in  May  on  Beata  Island,  off  the  southern  coast  of  the 
Dominican  Republic,  may  have  reached  that  point  after  a  nonstop 
flight  of  350  miles  across  the  Caribbean  Sea  from  the  coast  of 
Venezuela. 

Radar  has  given  us  some  of  our  best  estimates  of  ground  speeds  for 
migrating  flocks,  especially  at  night.  Radar  echoes,  identified  as 
shorebirds  migrating  off  the  New  England  coast,  moved  steadily 
about  45  miles  per  hour  for  several  hours;  songbird  echoes  typically 
traveled  around  30  miles  per  hour  (Drury  1960).  Some  birds  appear 
to  reduce  flight  speed  in  proportion  to  the  degree  of  assistance  or 
resistance.  The  literature  is  in  some  disagreement  on  the  flight  speed 
of  birds  and  the  influence  of  wind,  but  good  radar  observations 
coupled  with  accurate  measurements  of  winds  aloft  will  help  give  us 
a  more  accurate  estimate  of  migrating  speeds  for  different  species 
under  varying  wind  conditions. 

The  intensity  of  migration  depends  on  circumstances  including  the 
need  for  haste.  In  fall  the  flights  are  more  likely  to  be  performed  in  a 
leisurely  manner,  so  that  after  a  flight  of  a  few  hours  the  birds  often 
pause  to  feed  and  rest  for  one  or  several  days,  particularly  if  they  find 
themselves  in  congenial  surroundings.  Some  indication  of  this  is 
found  in  the  recoveries  of  banded  birds,  particularly  waterfowl.  If  we 
consider  only  the  shortest  intervals  between  banding  in  the  North 
and  subsequent  recovery  in  the  South,  it  is  found  that  usually  a  month 
or  more  is  taken  to  cover  straight-line  distance  of  a  thousand  miles. 
For  example,  a  black  duck  banded  at  Lake  Scugog,  Ontario,  was 
killed  12  days  later  at  Vicksburg,  Mississippi.  If  the  bird  was  taken 
shortly  after  its  arrival,  the  record  would  indicate  an  average  daily 
flight  of  83  miles,  a  distance  that  could  have  been  covered  in  about  2 
hours'  flying  time.  Among  the  thousands  of  banding  records  of  ducks 
and  geese,  evidences  of  rapid  migrations  are  decidedly  scarce,  for 
with  few  exceptions,  all  thousand-mile  flights  have  required  2  to  4 
weeks  or  more.  Among  sportsmen,  the  blue-winged  teal  is  well 

26 


known  as  a  fast-flying  duck  and  quite  a  few  of  these  banded  on 
Canadian  breeding  grounds  have  covered  2,300  to  3,000  miles  in  a 
30day  period.  Nevertheless,  the  majority  of  those  that  have  traveled 
to  South  America  were  not  recovered  in  that  region  until  2  or  3 
months  after  they  were  banded.  Probably  the  fastest  flight  over  a 
long  distance  for  one  of  these  little  ducks  was  one  made  by  a  young 
male  that  traveled  3,800  miles  from  the  delta  of  the  Athabaska  River, 
northern  Alberta,  Canada,  to  Maracaibo,  Venezuela,  in  exactly  1 
month.  This  flight  was  at  an  average  speed  of  125  miles  per  day.  A 
very  rapid  migration  speed  was  maintained  by  a  lesser  yellowlegs 
banded  at  North  Eastham,  Cape  Cod,  Massachusetts,  on  28  August 
1935  and  killed  6  days  later,  1,900  miles  away,  at  Lamentin, 
Martinique,  French  West  Indies.  This  bird  traveled  an  average  daily 
distance  of  more  than  316  miles. 

It  seems  probable  that  most  migratory  journeys  are  performed  at 
little  more  than  the  normal,  unforced  rate  of  flight,  as  this  would  best 
conserve  the  strength  of  the  birds.  Migrating  birds  passing 
lightships  and  lighthouses  or  crossing  the  face  of  the  moon  have  been 
observed  to  fly  without  hurry  or  evidence  of  straining  to  attain  high 
speed.  The  speed  or  rate  of  migration  would  therefore  depend  chiefly 
on  the  duration  of  flights  and  tail  wind  velocity. 

The  speed  of  migration  is  demonstrated  by  the  dates  of  arrival, 
particularly  during  the  spring  movement.  The  Canada  goose  affords 
a  typical  example  of  regular  but  slow  migration.  Its  advance 
northward  is  at  the  same  rate  as  the  advance  of  the  season  (Fig.  5).  In 
fact,  the  isotherm  of  35°  F  appears  to  be  a  governing  factor  in  the 
speed  at  which  these  geese  move  north.  (An  isotherm  is  a  line  that 
connects  points  that  have  the  same  temperature  at  the  same  time.) 
From  an  evolutionary  viewpoint  we  might  expect  this.  If  the  geese 
continually  advanced  ahead  of  the  32°  F  isotherm,  they  would  always 
find  food  and  water  frozen  and  unavailable.  By  migrating  north  just 
behind  the  advance  of  this  isotherm,  birds  that  breed  in  the  far  north 
will  find  food  and  open  water  available  and  have  as  long  a  breeding 
season  as  the  climate  will  allow. 

Few  species  perform  such  leisurely  migrations;  many  wait  in  their 
winter  homes  until  spring  is  well  advanced,  then  move  rapidly  to 
their  breeding  grounds.  Sometimes  this  advance  is  so  rapid,  late 
migrants  actually  catch  up  with  species  that  may  have  been  pressing 
slowly  but  steadily  northward  for  a  month  or  more.  The  following 
several  examples  of  well-known  migrants  illustrate  this. 

The  grey-cheeked  thrush,  which  winters  in  the  Colombia- 
Ecuador-Peru-Venezuela-British  Guiana  area,  does  not  start  its 
northward  journey  until  many  other  species  are  well  on  their  way.  It 
does  not  appear  in  the  United  States  until  the  last  of  April— 25  April 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  and  30  April  in  northern  Florida 
(Fig.  6).  A  month  later,  or  by  the  last  week  in  May,  the  bird  is  seen  in 
northwestern  Alaska.  Therefore,  the  4,000-mile  trip  from  Louisiana 
was  made  at  an  average  distance  of  about  130  miles  per  day. 

Another  example  of  rapid  migration  is  furnished  by  the  yellow 

27 


Isotherm  of  35°F 
Isochronal  Migration  Lines 


Figure  5.  Migration  of  the  Canada  goose.  The  northward  movement  keeps  pace  with  the 
progress  of  spring,  because  the  advance  of  the  isotherm  of  35°  F  agrees  with  that  of  the 
birds. 

28 


Figure  6.  Isochronal  migration  lines  of  the  gray-cheeked  thrush,  an  example  of  rapid 
migration.  The  distance  from  Louisiana  to  A  laska  is  about  4, 000  miles  and  is  covered 
at  an  average  speed  of  about  130  miles  per  day.  The  last  part  of  the  journey  is  covered 
at  a  speed  several  times  what  it  is  in  the  Mississippi  Valley. 

29 


warbler.  This  species  winters  in  the  Tropics  and  reaches  New 
Orleans  about  April  5,  when  the  average  temperature  is  65°  F.  By 
traveling  north  much  faster  than  the  spring  season  progresses,  this 
warbler  reaches  its  breeding  grounds  in  Manitoba  the  latter  part  of 
May,  when  the  average  temperature  is  only  47°  F.  They  encounter 
progressively  colder  weather  over  their  entire  route  and  cross  a  strip 
of  country  in  the  15  days  from  May  1 1  to  25  that  spring  temperatures 
normally  take  35  days  to  cross.  This  "catching  up"  with  spring  is 
habitual  in  species  that  winter  south  of  the  United  States  as  well  as  in 
most  northern  species  that  winter  in  the  Gulf  States.  There  appears 
to  be  only  six  exceptions  to  this  rule:  the  Canada  goose,  the  mallard, 
the  pintail,  the  common  crow,  the  red-winged  blackbird,  and  the 
robin. 

The  snow  goose  presents  a  striking  example  of  a  late  but  very  rapid 
spring  migration.  Most  all  of  these  geese  winter  in  the  great  coastal 
marshes  of  Louisiana,  where  every  year  over  400,000  spend  the 
winter  and  congregations  of  50,000  or  more  may  be  seen  grazing  in 
the  "pastures"  or  flying  overhead  in  flocks  of  various  sizes.  Their 
breeding  grounds  are  chiefly  on  Baffin  and  Southampton  Islands  in 
the  northern  part  of  Hudson  Bay  where  conditions  of  severe  cold 
prevail  except  for  a  few  weeks  each  year.  The  birds  are  not 
stimulated  to  migrate  even  though  the  season  in  their  winter 
quarters  is  advancing  rapidly  while  their  nesting  grounds  are  still 
covered  with  a  heavy  blanket  of  ice  and  snow.  This  suggests  the 
stimulus  for  spring  departure  is  regulated  by  an  internal 
mechanism,  such  as  development  of  the  gonads.  Accordingly,  blue 
geese  remain  in  the  coastal  marshes  until  the  last  of  March  or  the  first 
of  April,  when  the  local  birds  are  already  busily  engaged  in 
reproduction.  The  flight  northward  is  rapid,  almost  nonstop  so  far  as 
the  United  States  is  concerned;  although  the  birds  are  sometimes 
recorded  in  large  numbers  in  the  Mississippi  Valley,  eastern  South 
Dakota,  and  southeastern  Manitoba,  there  are  few  records  anywhere 
along  the  route  of  the  great  flocks  that  winter  in  Louisiana.  When  the 
birds  arrive  in  the  James  Bay  region,  they  apparently  enjoy  a 
prolonged  period  of  rest  because  they  are  not  seen  in  the  vicinity  of 
their  breeding  grounds  until  the  first  of  June.  During  the  first  2 
weeks  of  that  month,  they  pour  onto  the  Arctic  tundra  by  the 
thousands,  and  each  pair  immediately  sets  about  the  business  of 
rearing  a  brood. 

The  American  robin  has  been  mentioned  as  a  slow  migrant,  and,  as 
a  species,  it  takes  78  days  to  make  the  3,000-mile  trip  from  Iowa  to 
Alaska,  a  stretch  of  country  that  is  crossed  by  advancing  spring  in  68 
days.  In  this  case,  however,  it  does  not  necessarily  mean  that 
individual  robins  are  slow.  The  northward  movement  of  the  species 
probably  depends  upon  the  continual  advance  of  birds  from  the  rear, 
so  that  the  first  individuals  arriving  in  a  suitable  locality  are  the  ones 
that  nest  in  that  area,  while  the  northward  movement  of  the  species  is 
continued  by  those  still  to  come. 

There  is  great  variation  in  the  speed  of  migration  at  different 

30 


latitudes  of  the  broad  region  between  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the 
Arctic  Ocean.  The  blackpoll  warbler  again  furnishes  an  excellent 
example  (Fig.  3).  This  species  winters  in  northwestern  South 
America  and  starts  to  migrate  north  in  April.  When  the  birds  reach 
the  southern  United  States,  some  individuals  fly  northwest  to  the 
Mississippi  Valley,  north  to  Manitoba,  northwest  to  the  Mackenzie 
River,  and  then  almost  due  west  to  western  Alaska.  A  fairly  uniform 
average  distance  of  30  to  35  miles  per  day  is  maintained  from  the  Gulf 
to  Minnesota,  but  a  week  later  this  species  has  reached  the  central 
part  of  the  Mackenzie  Valley,  and  by  the  following  week  it  is  observed 
in  northwestern  Alaska.  During  the  latter  part  of  the  journey, 
therefore,  many  individuals  must  average  more  than  200  miles  per 
day.  Thirty  days  are  spent  traveling  from  Florida  to  southern 
Minnesota,  a  distance  of  about  1,000  miles,  but  scarcely  half  that  time 
is  used  to  cover  the  remaining  2,500  miles  to  Alaska.  Increased  speed 
across  western  Canada  to  Alaska  is  also  shown  by  many  other  birds 
(Figs.  2,4,6).  A  study  of  all  species  traveling  up  the  Mississippi  Valley 
indicates  an  average  speed  of  about  23  miles  per  day.  From  southern 
Minnesota  to  southern  Manitoba  16  species  maintain  an  average 
speed  of  about  40  miles  per  day.  From  that  point  to  Lake  Athabaska, 
12  species  travel  at  an  average  speed  of  72  miles  per  day,  while  5 
others  travel  to  Great  Slave  Lake  at  116  miles  per  day,  and  another  5 
species  cover  150  miles  per  day  to  reach  Alaska.  This  change  is  in 
correlation  with  a  corresponding  variation  in  the  isothermal  lines, 
which  turn  northwestward  west  of  the  Great  Lakes. 

As  has  been  previously  indicated,  the  advance  of  spring  in  the 
northern  interior  is  much  more  rapid  than  in  the  Mississippi  Valley 
and  on  the  Gulf  coast.  In  other  words,  in  the  North  spring  comes  with 
a  rush,  and,  during  the  height  of  migration  season  in  Saskatchewan, 
the  temperature  in  the  southern  part  of  the  Mackenzie  Valley  just 
about  equals  that  in  the  Lake  Superior  area,  700  miles  farther  south. 
Such  conditions,  coupled  with  the  diagonal  course  of  the  birds  across 
this  region  of  fast-moving  spring,  exert  a  great  influence  on 
migration  and  are  probably  factors  in  the  acceleration  of  travel 
speed.  However,  it  should  be  remembered  that  the  birds  are  getting 
closer  to  the  breeding  season  and  may  be  stimulated  to  travel  faster 
for  this  reason. 

Thus  it  has  been  shown  that  the  rate  of  migration  varies  greatly 
under  varying  circumstances.  Radar  investigations  along  the 
eastern  coasts  of  the  United  States  and  England  indicate  spring 
migration  is  several  miles  per  hour  faster  than  in  the  fall.  Also, 
directions  of  migrations  in  spring  were  much  less  diverse  than  in  the 
fall,  which  suggests  less  time  lost  in  passage  (Tedd  and  Lack  1958; 
Nisbet  and  Drury  1967a).  King  and  Farner  (1963)  found  the  same 
species  put  on  more  fat  preparatory  to  migration  in  the  spring.  This 
would  give  the  migrants  greater  energy  reserves  for  longer  flights  at 
that  season. 


31 


ALTITUDE  OF  FLIGHT  AND  MIGRATION 


The  factors  regulating  the  heights  of  bird  migration  are  not  clear. 
High-altitude  flight  may  be  used  to  locate  familiar  landmarks,  fly 
over  fog  or  clouds,  surmount  physical  barriers,  gain  advantage  of  a 
following  wind,  or  maintain  a  better  physiological  balance. 
Meteorological  conditions  probably  account  for  most  of  the  high- 
altitude  records.  Wind  conditions  at  ground  level  are  usually  quite 
different  in  direction  and  velocity  than  at  points  higher  up. 

In  general,  human  estimates  of  bird  heights  are  quite  unreliable 
except  under  special  conditions,  and  these  estimates  will  vary  with 
the  eyesight  of  the  observer.  Lucanus  (1911)  found  a  European 
sparrow  hawk  could  be  distinguished  at  800  feet  but  disappeared 
from  sight  at  2,800  feet.  A  rook  (a  European  member  of  the  crow 
family)  could  be  recognized  at  1,000  feet  but  disappeared  from  sight 
at  3,300  feet.  Meinertzhagen  (1955)  did  an  interesting  experiment 
with  an  inflated  model  of  a  vulture  painted  black;  it  had  a  wing 
expanse  of  7  feet  10  inches.  When  released  from  an  airplane  at  4,700 
feet,  it  was  barely  visible  and  invisible  without  binoculars  at  5,800 
feet.  At  7,000  feet  it  was  not  picked  up  even  when  x!2  binoculars  were 
used. 

At  one  time  students  of  bird  migration  believed  normal  migratory 
movements  took  place  at  heights  above  15,000  feet.  They  reasoned, 
somewhat  uncertainly,  that  flying  became  easier  as  altitude  was 
gained.  It  has  now  been  shown,  through  comprehensive  radar 
studies,  that  95  percent  of  the  migratory  movements  occur  at  less 
than  10,000  feet,  and  the  bulk  of  the  movements  occur  under  3,000 
feet.  However,  birds  can  and  do  fly  well  over  15,000  feet  without 
apparent  ill  effects.  The  physiology  of  long-distance  flight  at  high 
altitudes  is  of  great  interest  but  can  only  be  touched  on  briefly  in  this 
discussion. 

Bird  flight  at  20,000  feet,  where  less  than  half  the  oxygen  is  present 
than  at  sea  level,  is  impressive  if  only  because  the  work  is  achieved  by 
living  muscle  tissue.  A  Himalayan  mountain  climber  at  16,000  feet 
was  rather  amazed  when  a  flock  of  geese  flew  north  2  miles  over  his 
head  honking  as  they  went  (Swan  1970).  At  20,000  feet  a  man  has  a 
hard  time  talking  and  running  or  other  rapid  movements  are  out  of 
the  question;  but  those  geese  were  probably  flying  at  27,000  feet  and 
even  calling  while  they  traveled  at  this  tremendous  height. 

Accurate  observations  on  the  altitude  of  migratory  flights  is 
scanty,  although  altimeter  observations  from  airplanes  and  radar 
are  becoming  more  frequent  in  the  literature.  An  example  is  the 
report  of  a  mallard  struck  by  a  commercial  airliner  at  21,000  feet 
over  the  Nevada  desert  (Manville  1963).  It  is,  of  course,  obvious  that 

32 


some  birds  must  cross  mountain  ranges  during  migration  and  attain 
great  altitudes.  Numerous  observations  have  come  from  the 
Himalayas  (Geroudet  1954;  Swan  1970).  Observers  at  14,000  feet 
recorded  storks  and  cranes  flying  so  high  that  they  could  be  seen  only 
through  field  glasses.  In  the  same  area  large  vultures  were  seen 
soaring  at  25,000  feet  and  an  eagle  carcass  was  found  at  26,000  feet. 
The  expedition  to  Mt.  Everest  in  1952  found  skeletons  of  a  pintail  and 
a  black-tailed  godwit  at  16,400  feet  on  Khumbu  Glacier  (Geroudet 
1954).  Bar-headed  geese  have  been  observed  flying  over  the  highest 
peaks  (29,000+  feet)  even  though  a  10,000-foot  pass  was  nearby. 
Probably  30  or  more  species  regularly  cross  these  high  passes  (Swan 
1970). 

Except  to  fly  over  high  mountain  ranges,  birds  rarely  fly  as  high  as 
those  traveling  down  the  western  Atlantic  (Richardson  1972).  Many 
of  these  birds  are  making  long-distance  flights  to  eastern  South 
America  and  beyond.  Therefore,  flight  at  high  altitudes  in  this  region 
is  probably  advantageous  for  them.  Richardson  postulated  stronger 
advantageous  tail  winds  were  found  higher  up  and  the  cooler  air 
minimized  evaporative  water  losses.  This  investigator  found  air 
temperatures  averaged  35°  F  at  10,000  feet  over  Nova  Scotia  in 
September.  The  lower  the  ambient  temperature,  the  more  heat  can 
be  lost  by  convection  and  the  less  water  is  required  for  cooling.  Also,  a 
bird  flying  high  can  achieve  the  same  range  as  one  flying  at  sea  level 
but  must  cruise  at  a  higher  speed  with  a  corresponding  increase  in 
power  output  and  oxygen  consumption.  But  the  increased  cruising 
speed  results  in  shorter  flight  time  and  less  interference  from  wind 
(Pennycuick  1969). 

Another  postulate  favoring  the  high-altitude  flying  theory  was 
that  the  wonderful  vision  of  birds  was  their  sole  guidance  during 
migratory  flights.  To  keep  landmarks  in  view,  birds  were  obliged  to 
fly  high,  particularly  when  crossing  wide  areas  of  water.  This  will  be 
considered  in  greater  detail  in  the  section,  "Orientation  and 
Navigation,"  so  here  it  will  be  sufficient  to  say  that  birds  rely  only  in 
part  upon  landmarks  to  guide  them  on  migration.  Also,  it  must  be 
remembered  that  definite  physical  limitations  to  the  range  of 
visibility  exist  even  under  perfect  atmospheric  conditions.  Chief  of 
these  is  the  curvature  of  the  earth's  surface.  Thus,  if  birds  crossing 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  Louisiana  and  Florida  flew  at  a  height  of  5 
miles,  they  would  still  be  unable  to  see  a  third  of  the  way  across 
(during  daylight  hours).  And  yet  this  trip  is  made  twice  each  year, 
much  of  the  distance  probably  at  night,  by  thousands  of  thrushes, 
warblers,  and  others. 

The  altitude  of  migration  depends  upon  the  species  of  bird, 
weather,  time  of  day  or  year,  and  geographical  features.  Nocturnal 
migrants,  studied  by  radar,  appear  to  fly  at  different  altitudes  at 
different  times  during  the  night.  Birds  generally  take  off  shortly 
after  sundown  and  rapidly  gain  maximum  altitude.  This  peak  is 
maintained  until  around  midnight,  then  the  travelers  gradually 
descend  until  daylight.  For  most  small  birds  the  favored  altitude 

33 


appears  to  be  between  500  and  1,000  feet  (Bellrose  1971),  but  radar 
studies  have  found  some  nocturnal  migrants  (probably  shorebirds) 
over  the  ocean  were  at  15,000  or  even  20,000  feet  (Lack  1960b;  Nisbet 
1963b;  Richardson  1972).  Observations  made  from  lighthouses  and 
other  vantage  points  indicate  that  certain  migrants  commonly  travel 
at  altitudes  of  a  very  few  feet  to  a  few  hundred  feet  above  sea  or  land. 
Sandpipers,  northern  phalaropes,  and  various  sea  ducks  have  been 
seen  flying  so  low  they  were  visible  only  as  they  topped  a  wave. 
Observers  stationed  at  lighthouses  and  lightships  off  the  English 
coast  have  similarly  recorded  the  passage  of  landbirds  flying  just 
above  the  surface  of  the  water  and  rarely  above  200  feet.  During  the 
World  Wars,  broad  areas  in  the  air  were  under  constant  surveillance, 
and  many  airplane  pilots  and  observers  took  more  than  a  casual 
interest  in  birds.  Of  the  several  hundred  records  resulting  from  their 
observations,  only  36  were  of  birds  flying  above  5,000  feet  and  only  7 
above  8,500  feet.  Cranes  were  once  recorded  at  an  altitude  of  15,000 
feet,  while  the  lapwing  was  the  bird  most  frequently  seen  at  high 
levels,  8,500  feet  being  its  greatest  recorded  altitude.  Records  of  the 
U.S.  Civil  Aeronautics  Administration  show  that  over  two-thirds  of 
all  the  bird-aircraft  collisions  occur  below  2,000  feet  and  practically 
none  occur  above  6,000  feet  (Williams  1950). 

Recently,  radar  has  aided  greatly  in  determining  differences  in  the 
altitude  of  bird  flight.  Nocturnal  migrants  appear  to  fly  slightly 
higher,  on  the  average,  than  diurnal  migrants,  but  daytime  flights 
may  be  influenced  more  by  cloud  cover  (Lack  1960a;  Eastwood  and 
Rider  1965).  Bellrose  (1971)  found  little  difference  in  the  altitudinal 
distribution  of  small  nocturnal  migrants  under  clear  or  overcast 
skies.  Many  night  migrating  birds  are  killed  each  year  by  striking 
lighthouses,  television  towers  or  other  man-made  illuminated 
obstructions,  but  this  does  not  furnish  proof  that  low  altitudes  are 
generally  used  during  nocturnal  flight  because  these  accidents  occur 
chiefly  in  foggy  weather.  Under  such  conditions,  migrating  birds 
seem  to  be  attracted  to  and  confused  by  lights.  Seabirds,  such  as 
loons,  eiders,  and  scoters,  generally  fly  very  low  over  the  water  but 
gain  altitude  when  land  is  crossed.  The  reverse  is  true  for  landbirds 
(Dorst  1963;  Bergman  and  Donner  1964;  Eastwood  and  Rider  1965). 
There  may  be  a  seasonal  difference  in  the  altitude  of  migration,  but 
the  evidence  is  conflicting.  Radar  echoes  studied  by  Bellrose  and 
Graber  in  Illinois  (1963)  showed  fall  migrants  flew  higher  than 
spring  migrants.  They  speculated  this  difference  was  related  to  the 
winds  during  the  fall  being  more  favorable  for  southerly  migration 
at  higher  altitudes,  while  winds  at  these  altitudes  in  the  spring  would 
be  less  favorable  for  northerly  migration.  Eastwood  and  Rider  (1965) 
studied  seasonal  migration  patterns  in  England  and  found  the 
reverse  to  be  true.  They  suggested  one  reason  for  this  seasonal 
difference  was  that  flocks  of  fall  migrants  included  many  young 
birds  whose  flight  capabilities  are  inferior  to  adults  and 
consequently  are  unable  to  achieve  the  higher  altitudes  in  the  fall. 


34 


SEGREGATION  DURING  MIGRATION 


By  Individuals  or  Groups  of  Species 

During  the  height  of  northward  movement  in  spring,  the  woods 
and  thickets  may  suddenly  be  filled  with  several  species  of  wood 
warblers,  thrushes,  sparrows,  flycatchers,  and  other  birds.  It  is 
natural  to  conclude  they  traveled  together  and  arrived  simultaneous- 
ly. Probably  they  did,  but  such  combined  migration  is  by  no  means 
the  rule  for  all  species. 

As  a  group,  the  wood  warblers  probably  travel  more  in  mixed 
companies  than  do  any  other  single  family  of  North  American  birds. 
In  spring  and  fall,  the  flocks  are  likely  to  be  made  up  of  the  adults  and 
young  of  several  species.  Sometimes  swallows,  sparrows,  blackbirds, 
and  some  of  the  shorebirds  also  migrate  in  mixed  flocks.  In  the  fall, 
great  flocks  of  blackbirds  frequently  sweep  south  across  the  Plains 
States,  with  common  grackles,  red-winged  blackbirds,  yellow- 
headed  blackbirds,  and  Brewer's  blackbirds  included  in  the  same 
flock. 

On  the  other  hand  many  species  keep  strictly  to  themselves.  It 
would  be  difficult  for  any  other  kind  of  bird  to  keep  company  with  the 
rapid  movements  of  the  chimney  swift.  Besides  flight  speed,  feeding 
habits  or  roosting  preferences  can  be  so  individual  as  to  make 
traveling  with  other  species  incompatible.  Nighthawks  also  fly  in 
separate  companies,  as  do  crows,  waxwings,  crossbills,  bobolinks,  and 
kingbirds.  Occasionally,  a  flock  of  ducks  will  be  observed  to  contain 
several  species,  but  generally  when  they  are  actually  migrating, 
individuals  of  each  species  separate  and  travel  with  others  of  their 
own  kind. 

Although  different  species  generally  do  not  migrate  together,  we 
often  find  many  species  passing  through  an  area  at  the  same  time.  If 
the  different  kinds  of  birds  observed  in  a  specific  area  are  counted 
every  day  throughout  the  entire  migration  season,  this  count  often 
rises  and  falls  much  like  the  bell-shaped  curve  exhibited  when  the 
number  of  individuals  of  a  given  species  are  counted  through  the 
same  time  period.  Figure  7  shows  two  peaks  in  the  number  of  species 
passing  through  the  desert  at  the  north  end  of  the  Gulf  of  Eilat 
(=Akaba)  in  the  Red  Sea.  These  two  peaks  happen  to  coincide  with 
peaks  in  the  numbers  of  individuals  (mostly  from  the  order  of 
perching  birds)  traveling  through  the  area.  Therefore,  in  the  latter 
part  of  March  and  again  in  April,  one  notices  not  only  more  birds  in 
the  area  but  also  more  different  kinds. 

Closely  related  species  or  species  that  eat  the  same  food  organisms 
are  not  often  found  migrating  through  the  same  area  at  the  same 
time.  Ornithologists  call  this  species  replacement.  In  North  America, 

35 


peaks  in  the  migration  of  the  five  kinds  of  spotted  thrushes  generally 
do  not  coincide.  Dates  of  departure  in  these  species  have  evolved  so  all 
the  individuals  of  these  closely  related  birds  do  not  converge  on  one 
area  at  the  same  time  and  subsequently  exhaust  the  food  supply.  By 
selection  of  staggered  peak  migration  dates,  evolution  has  distrib- 
uted the  members  of  this  family  more  or  less  evenly  throughout  the 
entire  season.  Likewise,  in  the  eastern  Mediterranean  area,  we  find  a 
similar  situtation  in  spring  migration  for  three  closely  related 
buntings;  Cretzschmar's  bunting  comes  through  first,  followed  a  few 
weeks  later  by  the  Ortolan  bunting  and,  at  the  tail  end  of  the 
migration  period,  the  blackheaded  bunting  appears  (Fig.  8). 

By  Age 

The  adults  of  most  birds  leave  the  young  when  they  are  grown.  This 
gives  the  parents  an  opportunity  to  rest  and  renew  their  plumage 
before  starting  for  winter  quarters.  The  young  are  likely  to  move 
south  together  ahead  of  their  parents.  This  has  been  documented  in  a 
number  of  species  including  our  mourning  dove,  the  common  swift  of 
Europe,  and  storks.  Mueller  and  Berger  (1967)  found  an  age-specific 
migration  pattern  in  sharp-shinned  hawks  passing  through 
Wisconsin.  The  immatures  were  much  in  evidence  during 
mid-September  while  the  adults  came  through  a  month  later.  Far  to 

Species  Captured 


March  April 


Figure  7.  Average  number  of  species  captured  daily  in  mist  nets  during  spring  migra- 
tion at  Eilat,  Israel,  in  1968.  The  number  of  species  passing  through  an  area  on 
migration  will  rise  and  fall  similar  to  the  number  of  birds  counted  in  the  area.  In  this 
case  two  major  movements  came  through  about  1  month  apart. 

36 


the  south   in  the  Antarctic,  young  Adelie  penguins  depart  for 
northern  wintering  grounds  much  earlier  than  adults. 

In  a  few  species,  adults  depart  south  before  the  young.  Adult 
golden  plovers,  Hudsonian  godwits,  and  probably  most  of  the  Arctic 
breeding  shorebirds  leave  the  young  as  soon  as  they  are  capable  of 
caring  for  themselves  and  set  out  for  South  America  ahead  of  the 
juveniles.  Likewise,  data  for  the  least  flycatcher  indicate  adults 
migrate  before  the  young,  but  Johnson  (1963)  did  not  find  this 
segregation  in  the  Hammond's  flycatcher.  In  Europe,  adult 

Cretzschmar's  Bunting 
Ortolan  Bunting 
Black-headed  Bunting 


\ 


Average  Number  Captured  Daily 


Cretzschmans  Bunting 
Ortolan  Bunting 
Black-headed  Buntin 


March 


April 


May 


Figure  8.  Average  number  of  three  species  of  buntings  captured  daily  in  mist  nets 
during  spring  migration  atEilat,  Israel,  in  1968.  Closely  related  species  that  migrate 
through  the  same  area  often  appear  at  different  times.  Thus  species  that  may  eat  the 
same  foods  do  not  compete  with  each  other. 

37 


red-backed  shrikes  are  known  to  migrate  ahead  of  their  young. 

In  contrast  to  this  loss  of  parental  concern,  geese,  swans,  and  cranes 
remain  in  family  groups  throughout  migration.  The  parent  birds 
undergo  a  wing  molt  that  renders  them  flightless  during  the  period 
of  growth  of  their  young  so  that  both  the  adults  and  immatures 
acquire  their  flight  capabilities  at  the  same  time  and  are  able  to  start 
south  together.  Large  flocks  of  Canada  geese,  for  example,  are 
composed  of  many  families  banded  together.  When  these  flocks 
separate  into  small  V-shaped  units  it  is  probably  correct  to  assume  an 
old  goose  or  gander  is  leading  the  family.  After  female  ducks  start  to 
incubate  their  eggs,  the  males  of  most  species  of  ducks  flock  by 
themselves  and  remain  together  until  fall.  When  segregation  of  the 
sexes  such  as  this  occurs  the  young  birds  often  accompany  their 
mothers  south.  Murray  and  Jehl  (1964)  concluded  from  mist-netting 
many  thousands  of  migrant  passerines  at  Island  Beach,  New  Jersey, 
that  adults  and  juveniles  travel  at  approximately  the  same  time. 

By  Sex 

Males  and  females  of  some  species  may  migrate  either 
simultaneously  or  separately.  In  the  latter  case  it  is  usually  the  males, 
rarely  the  females,  that  arrive  first.  Sometimes  great  flocks  of  male 
red-winged  blackbirds  reach  a  locality  several  days  before  any 
females;  this  is  particularly  the  rule  in  spring.  The  first  robins  are 
usually  found  to  be  males,  as  are  also  the  first  song  sparrows, 
rose-breasted  grosbeaks,  and  scarlet  tanagers.  In  Europe,  the  three 
buntings  mentioned  previously  are  also  segregated  as  to  sex  during 
migration.  Figure  8  shows  two  prominant  peaks  for  both  the 
Cretzschmar's  and  Ortolan  buntings;  during  passage  the  first  peak 
was  primarily  males  while  the  second  peak  consisted  mostly  of 
females.  This  early  arrival  of  males  on  the  breeding  grounds  is 
associated  with  territorial  possession  whereby  the  male  selects  the 
area  where  it  intends  to  breed  and  each  individual  attempts  to 
protect  a  definite  territory  from  trespass  by  other  males  of  his  own 
kind,  while  announcing  his  presence  to  rival  males  and  later  arriving 
females  by  song  or  other  display.  The  female  then  selects  the  site 
where  she  wishes  to  nest.  The  long-billed  marsh  wren  is  a  noteworthy 
example;  the  males  may  enthusiastically  build  several  nests  before 
the  females  arrive.  In  the  fall,  common  and  king  eiders  are  sexually 
segregated  during  migration.  During  July,  flocks  crossing  Point 
Barrow  are  composed  almost  entirely  of  males,  while  after  the 
middle  of  August  the  flocks  are  almost  all  females  (Thompson  and 
Person  1963).  In  the  Chicago  area,  Annan  (1962)  reported  that  some 
males,  such  as  the  hermit  thrush,  Swainson's  thrush,  gray-cheeked 
thrush,  and  veery,  arrive  before  any  females  and  predominate 
during  the  first  week  of  occurrence. 

In  a  few  species  the  males  and  females  apparently  arrive  at  the 
breeding  grounds  together  and  proceed  at  once  to  nest  building.  In 
fact,  among  shorebirds,  ducks,  and  geese,  courtship  and  mating 
often  takes  place  in  whole  or  in  part  while  the  birds  are  in  the  South  or 

38 


on  their  way  north,  so  that  when  they  arrive  at  the  northern  nesting 
grounds  they  are  paired  and  ready  to  proceed  at  once  with  raising 
their  families.  Mallards  and  black  ducks  may  be  observed  in  pairs  as 
early  as  December,  the  female  leading  and  the  male  following  when 
they  take  flight.  Naturally,  these  mated  pairs  migrate  north  in 
company,  and  it  was  largely  to  protect  such  pairings  that  duck 
shooting  in  spring  was  abolished  by  Federal  law. 

In  the  coastal  subspecies  of  the  western  flycatcher,  the  sexes 
appear  to  migrate  in  synchrony  during  the  spring  in  contrast  to 
migration  of  Hammond's  flycatcher  in  which  the  adult  males  usually 
precede  the  females  (Johnson  1973).  Both  sexes  of  the  common 
blackcap  of  Europe  appear  to  migrate  together  at  least  across  the 
eastern  end  of  the  Mediterranean  during  the  spring  (Fig.  9). 

Blackcap 


Numbers  captured 
300 


250 


200 


150 


Correlation  0.99 


100 


Figure  9.  Numbers  of  male  and  female  blackcaps  captured  daily  in  mist  nets  during 
spring  migration  at  Eilat,  Israel,  in  1968.  At  this  point  in  their  migration  the  sexes 
are  passing  through  the  area  at  the  same  time.  In  other  species  (e.g.,  the  buntings  in 
Fig.  8),  the  males  often  preceed  the  females. 

39 


By  Kinds  of  Flocks 

Migratory  flights  are  frequently  accomplished  in  close  flock 
formation,  as  with  shorebirds,  blackbirds,  waxwings,  and  especially 
some  of  the  buntings,  longspurs,  juncos,  and  tree  sparrows.  Other 
species  maintain  a  very  loose  flock  formation;  examples  are  turkey 
vultures,  hawks,  swifts,  blue  jays,  swallows,  warblers,  and  bluebirds. 
Still  others,  the  grebes,  snowy  owls,  winter  wrens,  shrikes,  and  belted 
kingfishers,  ordinarily  travel  alone,  and  when  several  are  found  in 
close  proximity  it  is  an  indication  they  have  been  drawn  together  by 
unusual  conditions,  such  as  abundant  food. 

Just  as  flocking  among  resident  birds  provides  group  protection 
against  predation,  flocking  in  migration  greatly  facilitates  the 
attainment  of  destination  (Pettingill  1970).  The  V-shaped  flocks  often 
associated  with  Canada  geese  have  a  definite  energy  conserving 
function  by  creating  favorable  air  currents  for  every  member  of  the 
flock  but  the  leader;  when  the  leader  becomes  tired,  it  will  often 
change  places  with  a  member  behind.  Night  migrating  flocks 
generally  fly  in  looser  formations  than  do  day  migrating  flocks. 


40 


WHERE  BIRDS  MIGRATE 


Migration  by  Populations  Within  Species 

Both  length  and  duration  of  migratory  journeys  vary  greatly 
between  families,  species,  or  populations  within  a  species.  Bobwhite, 
western  quails,  cardinals,  Carolina  wrens,  and  probably  some  of  the 
titmice  and  woodpeckers  are  apparently  almost  or  entirely 
nonmigratory.  These  species  may  live  out  their  entire  existence 
without  going  more  than  10  miles  from  the  nest  where  they  were 
hatched. 

Many  song  sparrows,  meadowlarks,  blue  jays,  and  other  species 
make  such  short  migrations  that  the  movement  is  difficult  to  detect 
because  individuals,  possibly  not  the  same  ones,  may  be  found  in  one 
area  throughout  the  year  while  other  individuals  that  move  south 
may  be  replaced  by  individuals  from  the  north.  Information  on 
different  movements  of  this  type,  within  a  species,  can  be  gained  by 
observing  birds  marked  with  numbered  bands,  colored  materials,  or 
identification  of  racially  distinct  museum  specimens. 

The  American  robin  is  a  good  example  of  this  type  of  movement. 
This  species  occurs  in  the  southern  United  States  throughout  the 
year,  but  in  Canada  and  Alaska  only  during  the  summer.  Its 
movements  are  readily  ascertained  from  study  specimens.  The 
breeding  robin  of  the  southeastern  states  is  the  southern  race.  In 
autumn  most  of  its  more  northern  nesters,  such  as  those  from 
Maryland  and  Virginia  move  into  the  southern  part  of  the  breeding 
range  or  slightly  farther  south.  At  about  the  same  time  the  northern 
American  robin  moves  south  and  winters  throughout  the  breeding 
and  wintering  range  of  its  smaller  and  paler  southern  relative.  Thus 
there  is  complete  overlap  of  wintering  ranges  of  northern  and 
southern  American  robin  populations,  although  some  individuals  of 
the  northern  race  winter  in  areas  vacated  earlier  by  the  southern 
race. 

Among  many  migratory  species  there  is  considerable  variation 
among  individuals  and  populations  with  respect  to  distances  moved. 
Certain  populations  may  be  quite  sedentary  while  others  are  strongly 
migratory,  and  certain  individuals  of  the  same  population  can  be 
more  migratory  than  others.  For  example,  red-winged  blackbirds 
nesting  on  the  Gulf  Coast  are  practically  sedentary,  but  in  winter 
they  are  joined  by  other  subspecies  that  nest  as  far  north  as  the 
Mackenzie  Valley.  In  certain  populations  of  the  song  sparrow  and 
other  species,  males  remain  all  year  on  their  northern  breeding 
grounds  while  the  females  and  young  migrate  south. 

Several    species    containing    more    than    one    distinguishable 

41 


population  exhibit  "leap-frog"  migration  patterns.  The  familiar 
eastern  fox  sparrow  breeds  from  northeastern  Manitoba  to 
Labrador,  but  during  the  winter  it  is  found  concentrated  in  the 
southeastern  part  of  the  United  States.  On  the  west  coast  of  the 
continent,  however,  a  study  of  museum  specimens  by  Swarth  (1920), 
indicated  six  subspecies  of  this  bird  breeding  in  rather  sharply 
delimited  ranges  extending  from  Puget  Sound  and  Vancouver  Island 
to  Unimak  Island,  at  the  end  of  the  Alaskan  Peninsula.  One  of  these 
subspecies,  known  as  the  sooty  fox  sparrow,  breeds  from  the  Puget 
Sound-Vancouver  Island  area  northward  along  part  of  the  coast  of 
British  Columbia.  It  hardly  migrates  at  all,  while  the  other  races, 
nesting  on  the  coast  of  Alaska,  are  found  in  winter  far  to  the  south  in 
Oregon  and  California.  Although  much  overlap  exists,  the  races 
breeding  farthest  north  generally  tend  to  winter  farthest  south.  This 
illustrates  a  tendency  for  those  populations  forced  to  migrate  to  pass 
over  those  subspecies  so  favorably  located  as  to  be  almost  sedentary. 
If  the  northern  birds  settled  for  the  winter  along  with  the  sedentary 
population,  winter  requirements  may  not  be  as  sufficient  as  in  the 
unoccupied  areas  farther  south  (Fig.  10).  Therefore,  natural  selection 
has  insured  the  different  populations  will  survive  the  winter  by 
separating  the  subspecies  into  different  wintering  areas. 

Another  example  of  this  "leap-frog"  migration  is  illustrated  by  the 
common  yellowthroat  of  the  Atlantic  coast.  Birds  occupying  the  most 
southern  part  of  the  general  range  are  almost  nonmigratory  and 
reside  throughout  the  year  in  Florida,  whereas  the  population  that 
breeds  as  far  north  as  Newfoundland  goes  to  the  West  Indies  for  the 
winter.  Thus  the  northern  population  literally  "jumps"  over  the  home 
of  the  southern  relatives  during  migratory  journeys. 

The  palm  warbler  breeds  from  Nova  Scotia  and  Maine  west  and 
northwest  to  southern  Mackenzie.  The  species  has  been  separated 
into  two  subspecies:  those  breeding  in  the  interior  of  Canada  and 
those  breeding  in  northeastern  United  States  and  Canada.  The 
northwestern  subspecies  makes  a  3,000-mile  journey  from  Great 
Slave  Lake  to  Cuba  and  passes  through  the  Gulf  States  early  in 
October.  After  the  bulk  of  these  birds  have  passed,  the  eastern 
subspecies,  whose  migratory  journey  is  about  half  as  long,  drifts 
slowly  into  the  Gulf  Coast  region  and  remains  for  the  winter. 

Fall  Flights  Not  Far  South  of  Breeding  Range 

Some  species  have  extensive  summer  ranges  (e.g.,  the  pine 
warbler,  rock  wren,  field  sparrow,  loggerhead  shrike,  and 
blackheaded  grosbeak)  and  concentrate  during  the  winter  season  in 
the  southern  part  of  the  breeding  range  or  occupy  additional 
territory  only  a  short  distance  farther  south.  The  entire  species  may 
thus  be  confined  within  a  restricted  area  during  winter,  but  with  the 
return  of  warmer  weather,  the  species  spreads  out  to  reoccupy  the 
much  larger  summer  range. 

Many  species,  including  the  tree  sparrow,  snow  bunting,  and 
Lapland  longspur,  nest  in  the  far  north  and  winter  in  the  eastern 

42 


/ 


/ 


Breeding  Range 

Winter  and  Breeding  Range 

Winter  Range 


•V 


1  2  3 


Fox  Sparrow 


Figure  10.  Migration  of  Pacific  coast  forms  of  the  fox  sparrow.  The  breeding  ranges  of 
the  different  races  are  encircled  by  solid  lines,  while  the  winter  ranges  are  dotted.  The 
numbers  indicate  the  areas  used  by  the  different  subspecies  as  follows:  L  Shumagin 
fox  sparrow;  2.  Kodiakfox  sparrow;  3.  Valdezfox  sparrow;  4.  Yakutatfox  sparrow; 
5.  Townsendfox  sparrow;  6.  sooty  fox  sparrow  (After  Swarth  1920). 


43 


United  States,  while  others,  including  the  vesper  and  chipping 
sparrows,  common  grackle,  red-winged  blackbird,  eastern  bluebird, 
American  woodcock,  and  several  species  of  ducks,  nest  much  farther 
south  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  and  move  south  a  relatively 
short  distance  for  the  winter  to  areas  along  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  In  a 
few  of  the  more  hardy  species,  individuals  may  linger  in  protected 
places  well  within  reach  of  severe  cold.  The  common  snipe,  for 
example,  is  frequently  found  during  subzero  weather  in  parts  of  the 
Rocky  Mountain  region  where  warm  springs  assure  a  food  supply. 
More  than  100  summer  birds  leave  the  United  States  entirely  and 
spend  the  winter  in  the  West  Indies,  Central  America,  or  South 
America.  For  example,  the  Cape  May  warbler  breeds  from  northern 
New  England,  northern  Michigan,  and  northern  Minnesota,  north  to 
New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia,  and  nearly  to  Great  Slave  Lake.  In 
winter  it  is  concentrated  chiefly  in  the  West  Indies  on  the  island  of 
Hispaniola. 

Long  Distance  Migration 

Some  of  the  common  summer  residents  of  North  America  are  not 
content  with  a  trip  to  northern  tropical  areas  of  the  West  Indies  and 
Central  America,  but  push  on  across  the  Equator  and  finally  come  to 
rest  for  the  winter  in  Patagonia  or  the  pampas  of  Argentina.  Species 
such  as  nighthawks,  some  barn  swallows,  cliff  swallows,  and  a  few 
thrushes  may  occupy  the  same  general  winter  quarters  in  Brazil,  but 
other  nighthawks  and  barn  swallows  go  farther  south.  Of  all  North 
American  landbirds  these  species  probably  travel  the  farthest;  they 
are  found  north  in  summer  to  the  Yukon  Territory  and  Alaska,  and 
south  in  winter  to  Argentina,  7,000  miles  away.  Such  seasonal  flights 
are  exceeded  in  length,  however,  by  the  remarkable  journeys  of 
several  species  of  shorebirds  including  white-rumped  and  Baird's 
sandpipers,  greater  yellowlegs,  turnstones,  red  knots,  and  sander- 
lings.  In  this  group,  19  species  breed  north  of  the  Arctic  Circle  and 
winter  in  South  America;  six  of  these  go  as  far  south  as  Patagonia,  a 
distance  of  over  8,000  miles. 

The  Arctic  tern  is  the  champion  "globe  trotter"  and  long-distance 
flier  (Fig.  11).  Its  name  "Arctic"  is  well  earned,  as  its  breeding  range 
is  circumpolar  and  it  nests  as  far  north  as  the  land  extends  in  North 
America.  The  first  nest  found  in  this  region  was  only  7-1/2°  (518 
miles)  from  the  North  Pole  and  contained  a  downy  chick  surrounded 
by  a  wall  of  newly  fallen  snow  scooped  out  by  the  parent.  In  North 
America  the  Arctic  tern  breeds  south  in  the  interior  to  Great  Slave 
Lake,  and  on  the  Atlantic  coast  to  Massachusetts.  After  the  young  are 
grown,  the  Arctic  terns  disappear  from  their  North  American 
breeding  grounds  and  turn  up  a  few  months  later  in  the  Antarctic 
region,  1 1 ,000  miles  away.  For  a  long  time  the  route  followed  by  these 
hardy  fliers  was  a  complete  mystery;  although  a  few  scattered 
individuals  have  been  noted  south  as  far  as  Long  Island  in  the  United 
States,  the  species  is  otherwise  practically  unknown  along  the 
Atlantic  coasts  of  North  America  and  northern  South  America.  It  is, 

44 


•  Breeding  Areas 
Winter  Areas 
Recovery  Points 

•  Migration  Points 


Figure  11.  Distribution  and  migration  of  arctic  terns.  The  route  indicated  for  this  bird 
is  unique,  because  no  other  species  is  known  to  breed  abundantly  in  North  America 
and  to  cross  the  Atlantic  Ocean  to  and  from  the  Old  World.  The  extreme  summer  and 
winter  homes  are  11,000  miles  apart. 

45 


however,  known  as  a  migrant  on  the  west  coast  of  Europe  and  Africa. 
By  means  of  numbered  bands,  a  picture  disclosed  what  is  apparently 
not  only  the  longest,  but  also  one  of  the  most  remarkable  migratory 
journeys  (Austin  1928). 

Few  other  animals  in  the  world  enjoy  as  many  hours  of  daylight  as 
the  Arctic  tern.  For  these  birds,  the  sun  never  sets  during  the  nesting 
season  in  the  northern  part  of  the  range,  and  during  their  winter 
sojourn  to  the  south,  daylight  is  continuous  as  well.  In  other  months  of 
the  year  considerably  more  daylight  than  darkness  is  encountered. 


46 


ORIENTATION  AND  NAVIGATION 


There  probably  is  no  single  aspect  of  the  entire  subject  of  bird 
migration  that  increases  our  admiration  so  much  as  the  unerring 
certainty  with  which  birds  cover  thousands  of  miles  of  land  and 
water  to  come  to  rest  in  exactly  the  same  spot  where  they  spent  the 
previous  summer  or  winter.  Records  from  birds  marked  with 
numbered  bands  offer  abundant  proof  that  the  same  individuals  of 
many  species  will  return  again  and  again  to  identical  nesting  or 
winter  feeding  sites. 

This  ability  to  travel  with  precision  over  seemingly  featureless 
stretches  of  land  or  water  is  not  limited  to  birds  but  is  likewise 
possessed  by  certain  mammals,  reptiles,  fishes,  and  insects;  the  well- 
known  migrations  of  salmon  and  eels  are  notable  examples. 

For  an  animal  to  return  to  a  specific  spot  after  a  lengthy  migration, 
it  must  use  true  navigation  to  get  there.  That  is,  it  needs  to  not  only 
travel  in  a  given  compass  heading  and  know  where  it  is  at  any  given 
time  so  the  course  may  be  altered  when  necessary  but  also  be  able  to 
recognize  its  goal  when  it  has  arrived.  It  is  dangerous  to  generalize  on 
the  means  of  orientation  and  navigation  in  migration;  different 
groups  of  birds  with  different  modes  of  existence  have  evolved 
different  means  of  finding  their  way  from  one  place  to  another 
(Pettingill  1970).  We  are  only  beginning  to  realize  the  complexities 
involved  in  the  many  modes  of  bird  orientation  and  navigation.  All 
we  can  do  in  this  section  is  present  a  brief  summary  of  some  of  the 
more  important  principles  involved  and  the  studies  that  have 
enhanced  our  knowledge  in  the  area. 

Ability  to  follow  a  more  or  less  definite  course  to  a  definite  goal  is 
evidently  part  of  an  inherited  faculty.  Both  the  direction  and  the  goal 
must  have  been  implanted  in  the  bird's  genetic  code  when  the 
particular  population  became  established  at  its  present  location.  The 
theory  is  sometimes  advanced  that  older  and  more  experienced  birds 
lead  the  way  and  thereby  show  the  route  to  their  younger 
companions.  This  explanation  may  be  acceptable  for  some  species 
such  as  geese,  swans,  and  cranes  because  they  stay  in  family  groups, 
but  not  for  species  in  which  adults  and  young  are  known  to  migrate  at 
different  times,  especially  when  young  migrate  ahead  of  the  adults. 
As  indicated  in  a  previous  section  on  segregation,  many  North 
American  shorebirds  as  well  as  the  cuckoos  of  New  Zealand  do  this. 
An  inherited  response  to  its  surroundings,  with  a  definite  sense  of  the 
goal  to  be  reached  and  the  direction  to  be  followed,  must  be  attributed 
to  these  latter  birds. 

It  is  well  known  that  birds  possess  wonderful  vision.  If  they  also 
have  retentive  memories  subsequent  trips  over  the  route  may  well  be 

47 


steered  in  part  by  recognizable  landmarks.  Arguments  against  the 
theory  of  landmark  memory  are  chiefly  that  unescorted  young  birds, 
without  previous  experience,  can  find  their  way  to  the  winter 
quarters  of  their  species,  even  if  the  wintering  area  has  a  radically 
different  landscape  and  vegetation  than  the  breeding  grounds. 
Experimental  findings  and  field  observations  indicate  landmarks 
are  used  in  navigation  by  certain  birds,  but  the  degree  of  use  varies 
considerably  among  the  species  (Bellrose  1972a). 

To  a  land-dweller  traveling  the  ocean,  the  vast  expanse  may  seem 
featureless  but  the  reverse  may  be  true  for  a  seabird  blown  over  land 
by  a  storm.  In  the  latter  situation  the  differences  in  vegetation  and 
topography  "obvious"  to  land-dwellers  are  completely  foreign  to  a 
seabird  as  it  has  had  little  previous  experience  to  help  interpret  these 
"strange  objects."  Griffin  and  Hock  (1949)  observed  the  flight 
behavior  of  gannets  displaced  far  inland  away  from  their  nests.  The 
bird  appeared  to  search  randomly  until  the  coastline  was  met,  then 
the  fliers  pursued  a  much  more  direct  course  home.  Herring  gulls, 
displaced  about  250  miles  from  their  nest  in  2  consecutive  years, 
returned  the  second  year  in  one-sixth  the  time  required  the  first  year 
(Griffin  1943).  To  birds  such  as  gannets,  albatrosses,  and 
shearwaters,  which  spend  almost  their  entire  lives  traveling 
thousands  of  miles  at  sea  and  return  to  very  specific  nesting  areas,  the 
"featureless  ocean  expanses"  are  probably  very  rich  in  visual  cues.  It 
is  difficult  to  believe  a  bird  dependent  on  the  sea  for  its  livelihood 
cannot  help  but  be  aware  of  wave  direction,  islands,  reefs,  atolls, 
concentrations  of  floating  flotsam,  organisms,  currents,  clouds  over 
islands,  fog  belts,  etc. 

Much  migration  takes  place  at  night  and  great  stretches  of  the 
open  sea  are  crossed  to  reach  destinations.  Nights  are  rarely  so  dark 
that  all  terrestrial  objects  are  totally  obscured,  and  features  such  as 
coastlines  and  rivers  are  just  those  that  are  most  likely  to  be  seen  in 
the  faintest  light,  particularly  by  the  acute  vision  of  birds  from  their 
aerial  points  of  observation.  Even  if  terrestrial  objects  are  completely 
obscured  on  a  very  dark  night,  the  migrants  are  still  able  to  assess 
their  surroundings  during  the  day  before  starting  out  again. 

Some  birds,  especially  colonial  seabirds,  seem  to  be  able  to  fly 
unerringly  through  the  densest  fog,  particularly  in  the  vicinity  of 
their  nest  site.  Members  of  the  Biological  Survey,  proceeding  by 
steamer  through  a  dense  fog  from  the  island  of  Unalaska  to  Bogoslof 
Island  in  the  Bering  Sea,  recorded  flocks  of  murres,  returning  to 
Bogoslof  after  quests  for  food.  The  birds  broke  through  the  wall  of  fog 
astern,  flew  by  the  vessel,  and  disappeared  into  the  mists  ahead  on  the 
same  course  as  the  ship.  On  the  other  hand,  radar  observations  of 
migrating  birds  have  indicated  strong  directional  movements  on 
clear  nights  but  often  completely  random  movements  in  heavily 
overcast  or  stormy  weather.  Possibly  some  birds  can  perceive  the 
position  of  the  sun  through  an  overcast  as  honey  bees  are  known  to  do. 
It  is  less  likely  the  stars  could  be  detected  through  overcast  at  night. 

Careful  studies  have  been  made  on  the  homing  instinct  in  various 

48 


seabirds  such  as  Laysan  albatrosses,  Manx  shearwaters,  and  several 
tropical  species  of  terns.  Sooty  and  noddy  terns  reach  their  most 
northern  breeding  point  on  the  Dry  Tortugas,  off  the  southwest  coast 
of  Florida.  They  are  not  known  to  wander  any  appreciable  distance 
farther  north.  Displaced  breeding  birds  returned  to  their  nests  on  the 
Dry  Tortugas  after  they  had  been  taken  on  board  ship,  confined  in 
cages  below  decks,  and  carried  northward  400  to  800  miles  before 
being  released  in  a  region  where  they  had  had  no  previous 
experience.  Likewise,  Laysan  albatrosses  and  Manx  shearwaters 
have  returned  over  3,000  miles  in  similar  homing  experiments. 

Possibly  the  "homing  instinct,"  as  shown  by  pigeons,  terns, 
shearwaters,  albatrosses,  and  by  the  frigatebirds  trained  as  message 
carriers  in  the  South  Pacific,  may  not  be  identical  with  the  sense  of 
perceptive  orientation  that  figures  in  the  flights  of  migratory  birds. 
Nevertheless,  it  seems  closely  akin  and  is  probably  governed  by  the 
same  mechanisms.  There  are  good  reasons  to  assume  that  once  we 
know  the  processes  governing  displaced  homing  we  will  know,  in 
general,  how  birds  navigate;  this  question  is  still  far  from  being 
answered  (Wallraff  1967). 

Some  students  have  leaned  toward  the  possible  existence  of  a 
"magnetic  sense"  as  being  the  important  factor  in  the  power  of 
geographical  orientation.  The  theory  was  conceived  as  early  as  1855 
and  reported  in  1882  by  Viguier.  Investigations  of  this  have  been 
conducted  by  Yeagley  (1947)  and  Gordon  (1948)  with  contradictory 
results.  In  1951,  Yeagley  incorporated  the  idea  that  sensitivity  to  the 
effect  of  the  earth's  rotary  motion  through  the  vertical  component  of 
the  magnetic  field  is  the  means  of  orientation.  The  basic  question 
asked  of  the  theory  is:  "Can  birds  detect  such  minute  differences  in 
the  earth's  magnetic  field  and  can  these  forces  affect  bird  behavior?" 

Attempts  to  demonstrate  the  effect  of  radio  waves  on  the 
navigational  ability  of  birds  have  produced  contradictory  results.  In 
some  of  these  tests,  homing  pigeons  released  near  broadcasting 
stations  have  appeared  to  be  hopelessly  confused,  whereas  in  others, 
apparently  conducted  in  the  same  manner,  no  effects  could  be 
discerned.  Before  sensitivity  of  birds  to  electromagnetic  stimuli  of 
any  kind  can  be  accepted  or  rejected,  much  additional  experimental 
work  is  necessary. 

Human  navigators  have  used  the  heavenly  bodies  in  determining 
their  course  and  position  for  centuries.  It  would  not  be  surprising 
then  to  find  other  long-distance  travelers  using  the  same  method.  One 
of  the  most  constant  visual  cues  a  migrating  bird  could  use  would  be 
the  sun's  or  moon's  path  and  the  location  of  the  stars. 

Some  of  the  more  recent  experimental  work  on  bird  navigation  has 
been  with  astronomical  (sun)  and  celestial  (star)  directional  clues. 
Studies  by  Kramer,  Sauer,  and  others  have  indicated  a  phenomenal 
inherited  ability  in  birds  to  use  the  position  of  the  sun  by  day  and  the 
stars  by  night  to  chart  their  courses.  This  involves  an  intricate 
compensation  for  daily,  seasonal,  and  geographical  changes  in  the 
positions  of  these  heavenly  bodies.  Kramer  (1957,  1961)  placed 

49 


diurnal  migrants  in  circular  cages  and  "changed"  the  position  of  the 
sun  with  mirrors.  The  birds  shifted  their  position  to  compensate  for 
these  changes.  Sauer  (1957,  1958),  in  a  fascinating  study  with 
nocturnal  migrant  warblers,  placed  birds  in  a  round  cage  open  to  the 
sky.  These  birds  oriented  in  the  normal  direction  for  that  locality  and 
time  of  year.  He  next  placed  the  cage  and  birds  in  a  planetarium  and 
projected  overhead  the  night  sky  star  patterns  for  different  seasons 
and  localities.  The  familiar  star  pattern  produced  a  normal 
orientation  but  an  unfamiliar  sky  caused  confusion  and  complete 
disorientation.  These  experiments,  begun  in  Germany,  are  still 
continuing  in  other  countries  with  other  species.  Emlen  (1969)  used 
photoperiod  manipulation  to  change  the  physiological  states  of 
spring  and  fall  migratory  readiness  in  indigo  buntings.  Half  the 
sample  of  birds  were  in  breeding  condition  whereas  the  other  half 
were  already  past  the  reproductive  stage  even  though  it  was  spring 
"outside."  When  these  birds  were  subjected  to  a  spring  star  pattern  in 
a  planetarium,  the  birds  in  spring  condition  oriented  northward  but 
those  in  autumnal  condition  oriented  southward.  Although  some 
results  have  been  negative,  by  and  large  the  evidence  supports  the 
original  findings  that  the  sun  and  stars  are  visual  "landmarks"  used 
by  at  least  some  birds  as  well  as  bees  and  probably  many  other 
creatures  in  finding  their  way  home  as  well  as  to  their  winter  and 
summer  quarters. 

In  conclusion,  then,  we  can  say  this  about  bird  orientation  and 
navigation:  1)  many  cues  are  available  to  birds  for  migratory 
guidance  and  one  or  several  of  these  may  be  used  by  any  migrant;  2) 
different  species  and  groups  of  birds  use  different  cues,  depending  on 
their  migration  traits;  3)  visual  cues  probably  play  a  predominant 
role  in  migration  (radar  studies  have  indicated  that  some  birds  can 
maintain  their  orientation  even  under  completely  overcast  nights, 
although  they  usually  become  disoriented  under  such  conditions); 
and  4)  long-distance  migrants  and  pelagic  species  have  a  much 
higher  developed  sense  of  orientation  than  those  species  that  migrate 
only  short  distances  or  not  at  all. 


50 


INFLUENCE  OF  WEATHER 


It  is  thought  by  some  that  the  weather  has  little  to  do  with  the  time 
of  arrival  of  migratory  birds.  It  is  assumed  that  if  the  bird  is 
physiologically  prepared  for  migration  it  departs,  irrespective  of  the 
weather.  Even  if  this  were  the  case,  weather  can  influence  the 
progress  of  migration  by  not  only  controlling  the  advance  of  the 
seasons  but  also  by  helping,  hindering,  or  even  stopping  bird  flight 
(Welty  1962). 

Some  scientists  believe  that  birds  not  only  avoid  bad  weather  at  the 
start  of  a  journey  but  usually  finish  the  journey  in  good  weather 
(Nesbit  and  Drury  1967b).  Contrary  to  what  many  observers  believe, 
the  arrival  of  birds  in  an  area,  whether  they  stop  or  continue  on,  is 
more  often  controlled  by  the  weather  at  the  point  of  departure  than  at 
the  point  of  arrival.  During  the  peak  of  migration,  suitable  weather 
may  occur  at  an  observation  site,  but  strong  migratory  movements 
may  be  arrested  before  the  birds  arrive  there  because  the  weather 
was  not  suitable  at  the  point  of  departure  or  somewhere  in  between. 
In  addition,  if  there  is  good  weather  at  the  point  of  departure  as  well 
as  farther  down  the  migration  route,  the  migrants,  once  air-borne  in 
a  favorable  weather  pattern,  may  continue  on  right  over  an  expectant 
observer  and  the  whole  flight  will  be  missed.  Nesbet  and  Drury's 
(1967b)  radar  study  on  air-gound  comparisons  found,  with  few 
exceptions,  ground  observers  missed  the  largest  movements  observed 
on  radar.  Observation  of  a  large  wave  of  arrivals  indicated  migrants 
had  been  stopped  by  a  meteorological  barrier,  and  people  were 
actually  not  reporting  maximum  migration  but  an  interruption  to 
migration.  Therefore,  when  migration  is  proceeding  normally  under 
safe  conditions,  very  little  movement  is  visible  to  the  ground  observer 
but  a  large  arrival  of  birds  on  the  ground  often  indicates  something  is 
not  in  order  and  the  migrants  have  been  forced  to  stop  for  one  reason 
or  another. 

The  question  is  frequently  asked:  "How  can  I  identify  weather 
conditions  suitable  or  unsuitable  for  migration?"  It  is  almost 
impossible  to  discuss  separately  the  effects  of  different  weather 
factors  on  migration  because  barometric  pressure,  temperature, 
wind,  and  other  meteorological  phenomena  are  very  closely  related. 

On  the  North  American  continent,  air  masses  generally  proceed 
about  600  miles  per  day  from  the  west  to  the  east.  These  air  masses 
vary  in  pressure,  temperature,  humidity,  and  wind.  The  wind  within 
these  masses  travels  in  either  a  clockwise  (anticyclonic)  or 
counterclockwise  (cyclonic)  direction.  Cyclonic  air  masses  contain 
relatively  moist  warm  air  with  low  barometric  pressure  centers  and 
are  designated  "lows";  anticyclonic  air  masses  are  characterized  by 

51 


dry  cool  air  with  high  barometric  pressure  areas  and  are  called 
"highs."  Where  these  air  masses  meet,  a  "front"  is  formed,  and  the 
rapidity  with  which  this  front  moves  through  an  area  depends  on  the 
temperature  and  pressure  gradient  on  either  side  of  the  front. 

An  understanding  of  frontal  systems,  with  their  associated  wind, 
temperature  and  humidity,  is  one  of  the  keys  to  understanding  when 
birds  migrate.  You  must  not  only  watch  the  fronts  in  your  area  but 
the  progress  of  nearby  air  masses  as  well  because  the  birds  migrating 
through  your  area  have  started  their  journey  to  the  north  or  south  of 
you  depending  on  the  season.  The  weather  conditions  at  point  of 
departure  will  dictate  if  and  when  birds  will  be  passing  through  your 
area  in  the  near  future. 

During  fall  migration,  the  best  passage  of  migrants  usually  occurs 
2  days  after  a  cold  front  has  gone  through.  That  is,  the  low  has  passed 
and  it  is  being  followed  by  a  high  characterized  by  dropping 
temperatures,  a  rising  barometer,  and  clearing  skies.  The  24  hours 
just  after  a  low  has  passed  are  not  always  conducive  to  a  good  passage 
of  birds  because  winds  are  often  too  strong  and  turbulent  in  the 
trough  between  the  two  air  masses.  Hochbaum  (1955)  correlated 
mass  movements  of  ducks  through  the  prairies  with  weather  systems 


Figure  12.  A  hypothetical  weather  system  that  could  be  ideal  for  mass  migrations  of 
waterfowl  in  the  fall.  The  strong  southerly  flow  of  air  created  by  counter-clockwise 
winds  about  the  lows  and  the  clockwise  rotation  of  air  about  the  highs,  aids  the  rapid 
movement  of  waterfowl  from  their  breeding  grounds  in  the  Canadian  prairies  to 
wintering  areas  in  southern  United  States. 

52 


and  noted  the  combination  of  weather  conditions  described  above 
was  ideal  for  mass  migrations  of  ducks  during  November.  During 
this  period,  observers  at  Delta,  Manitoba,  south  to  Louisiana 
recorded  a  tremendous  flight  of  ducks  as  the  proper  conditions  of 
barometric  pressure,  temperature,  wind,  and  cloud  cover  passed 
across  the  central  United  States  and  Canada.  An  example  of  the  type 
of  weather  system  that  is  often  associated  with  mass  movements  is 
illustrated  in  Fig.  12. 

Records  of  lapwings  on  Newfoundland  and  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence  appear  to  be  the  result  of  a  particular  series  of 
meteorological  events  (Bagg  1967).  The  lapwing  is  a  European 
species  rarely  found  in  the  New  World.  If  cold  air  moves  into  western 
Europe  from  the  east,  lapwings  move  westward  into  England,  Wales, 
and  Ireland.  Occasionally,  the  development  of  an  anomalous  weather 
pattern  over  the  North  Atlantic  including  an  elongated  low  from 
Europe  to  eastern  Canada  causes  some  birds  to  be  literally  "blown"  in 
the  counter-clockwise  airstream  across  the  Atlantic  to  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence. 

During  spring  migration,  weather  conditions  conducive  to  strong 
movements  of  birds  are  somewhat  the  opposite  from  those  in  the  fall. 
Migrants  will  move  north  on  the  warm  sector  of  an  incoming  low. 
When  a  high  pressure  area  has  just  passed,  the  influx  of  warm  moist 
tropical  air  is  extended  and  intensified  (Bagg  et  al.  1950).  However, 
during  this  time,  cloudiness  and  rain  associated  with  the  low  may 
curtail  migration  or  squeeze  it  into  a  narrow  period  proceeding  along 
the  warm  front.  If  a  fast  moving  cold  front  approaches  from  the 
northwest,  the  rapid  movement  of  migrants  will  be  sharply  curtailed 
or  even  grounded  until  more  favorable  conditions  occur. 

The  incessant  crescendo  note  of  the  ovenbird  is  ordinarily 
associated  with  the  full  verdure  of  May  woods,  but  this  bird  has  been 
known  to  reach  its  breeding  grounds  in  a  snowstorm,  and  the  records 
of  its  arrival  in  southern  Minnesota  show  a  temperature  variation 
from  near  freezing  to  full  summer  warmth.  Temperatures  at  arrival 
of  several  other  common  birds  vary  from  14°  between  highest  and 
lowest  temperatures  to  37°,  the  average  variation  being  about  24°. 
North  American  species  spending  the  winter  months  in  tropical 
latitudes  experience  no  marked  changes  in  temperature  conditions 
from  November  to  March  or  April,  yet  frequently  they  will  start  the 
northward  movement  in  January  or  February.  This  is  in  obedience  to 
physiological  promptings  and  has  no  relation  to  the  prevailing 
weather  conditions.  For  migratory  birds  the  winter  season  is  a  period 
of  rest,  a  time  when  they  have  no  cares  other  than  those  associated 
with  the  daily  search  for  food  or  escape  from  their  natural  enemies. 
Their  migrations,  however,  are  a  vital  part  of  their  life  cycles,  which 
have  become  so  well  adjusted  that  the  seasons  of  travel  correspond  in 
general  with  the  major  seasonal  changes  on  their  breeding  grounds. 
With  the  approach  of  spring,  therefore,  the  reproductive  impulse 
awakens,  and  each  individual  bird  is  irresistibly  impelled  to  start  the 
journey  that  ends  in  its  summer  home. 

53 


In  other  words,  the  evidence  indicates  the  urge  to  migrate  is  so 
innate  within  a  species  or  population  that  the  individuals  move  north 
in  spring  when  the  average  weather  is  not  unendurable.  The  word 
"average"  must  be  emphasized  since  it  appears  the  migrations  of 
birds  have  evolved  in  synchrony  with  average  climatic  conditions. 
More  northern  nesting  populations  of  species  such  as  American 
robins  and  savannah  sparrows,  timed  to  arrive  on  their  breeding 
ground  when  the  weather  is  suitable,  pass  through  areas  where  their 
more  southern  kin  are  already  nesting.  The  hardy  species  travel 
early,  fearless  of  the  blasts  of  retreating  winter,  while  the  more 
delicate  kinds  come  later  when  there  is  less  danger  of  encountering 
prolonged  periods  of  inclement  weather.  Some  of  the  hardy  birds 
pause  in  favorable  areas  and  allow  the  spring  season  to  advance. 
Then,  by  rapid  travel  they  again  overtake  it,  or,  as  sometimes 
happens,  they  actually  outstrip  it.  Occasionally  this  results  in  some 
hardship,  but  rarely  in  the  destruction  of  large  numbers  of 
individuals  after  arrival.  Cases  are  known  where  early  migrating 
bluebirds  have  been  overwhelmed  by  late  winter  storms. 
Nevertheless,  if  such  unfavorable  conditions  are  not  prolonged,  no 
serious  effect  on  the  species  is  noted.  The  soundness  of  the  bird's 
instincts  is  evidenced  by  the  fact  that  natural  catastrophes,  great 
though  they  may  be,  do  not  permanently  diminish  the  avian 
populations. 

The  spring  flight  of  migrants,  if  interrupted  by  cold  north  winds,  is 
resumed  when  weather  conditions  again  become  favorable,  and  it  is 
probable  that  all  instances  of  arrival  in  stormy  weather  can  be 
explained  on  the  theory  that  the  flight  was  begun  while  the  weather 
was  auspicious.  Even  though  major  movements  of  migrants  in  spring 
generally  coincide  with  periods  of  warm  weather  and  southerly 
winds,  observations  on  the  beginning  of  nocturnal  spring  flights 
from  the  coast  of  Louisiana  failed  to  note  any  inhibiting  factor  other 
than  hard  rain  (Gauthreaux  1971). 

Radar  studies  have  indicated  that  migrant  birds  possess  an 
amazing  understanding  of  wind  patterns  (Bellrose  1967).  Birds  can 
recognize  many  characteristics  and  select  for  favorable  patterns. 
Head  winds  are  as  unfavorable  to  migration  as  is  rain  or  snow 
because  they  greatly  increase  the  labor  of  flight  and  cut  down  the 
speed  of  cross-country  travel.  If  such  winds  have  a  particularly  high 
velocity,  they  may  force  down  the  weaker  travelers,  and  when  this 
happens  over  water,  large  numbers  of  birds  are  lost.  Moderate  tail  winds 
and  cross  or  quartering  breezes  appear  to  offer  the  best  conditions  for  the 
flight  of  migrants.  Richardson  (1971)  found  migrants  traveling  in 
different  directions  at  different  altitudes,  but  each  group  of  birds 
was  aided  by  a  following  wind.  Thus  we  might  expect  natural 
selection  to  operate  in  favor  of  those  birds  that  could  recognize  and 
respond  to  favorable  wind  patterns  because  it  would  reduce  energy 
consumption  and  flight  time  on  long-distance  flights  (Hassler  et  al. 
1963). 

Soaring  birds  such  as  hawks,  vultures,  and  storks  are  very 

54 


dependent  on  proper  wind  conditions  for  migration.  In  the  fall,  often 
the  best  day  to  observe  hawk  migration  in  the  eastern  United  States 
is  on  the  second  day  after  a  cold  front  has  passed  providing  there  are 
steady  northwest  to  west  winds  and  a  sunny  day  for  production  of 
thermals  (Pettingill  1962).  Considerable  drifting  may  be  observed  in 
this  group  of  birds  because  they  are  literally  carried  along  by  the 
wind  or  glide  from  one  thermal  to  the  next.  Haugh  and  Cade  (1966) 
found  most  hawks  migrated  around  Lake  Ontario  when  winds  were 
10  to  25  miles  per  hour,  but,  if  the  wind  exceeded  35  miles  per  hour, 
most  hawk  migration  stopped. 

In  conclusion  then,  we  can  say  that  the  weather  may  be  the  impetus 
for  migration  for  many  species,  but  it  cannot  stimulate  a  bird  to 
migrate  unless  it  is  physiologically  prepared.  Arrivals  on  the  ground 
are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  the  number  of  birds  passing 
overhead.  During  the  fall,  peak  migrations  usually  follow  the 
passage  of  a  cold  front  when  the  temperature  is  falling,  the 
barometer  is  rising,  winds  are  from  the  west  or  northwest,  and  the 
sky  is  clearing.  In  the  spring,  most  migrants  proceed  north  in  the 
warm  sector  of  a  low  when  winds  are  southerly,  warm,  and  moist,  but 
rain,  fog,  or  snow  will  often  curtail  the  passage  of  migrants  or 
prevent  the  initiation  of  a  migration.  Evolution  of  migratory 
behavior  has  probably  resulted  from  the  survival  of  birds  capable  of 
selecting  those  wind  conditions,  which  reduce  flight  time  and  energy 
consumption,  during  their  passage. 


55 


INFLUENCE  OF  TOPOGRAPHY 


The  relation  of  the  world's  land  masses  to  each  other  and  the 
distribution  and  association  of  biotypes  within  these  land  masses 
influence  the  direction  birds  migrate.  Topography  may  aid,  hinder, 
or  prevent  the  progress  of  a  migrant  depending  on  the  bird's  particular 
requirements.  Old  World  migrants  must  contend  with  east-west 
tending  mountain  ranges  and  deserts,  whereas  New  World  travelers 
can  proceed  north  and  south  across  a  landscape  with  its  major 
mountain  ranges  and  river  systems  oriented  in  the  same  direction  as 
the  birds  migrate. 

When  a  distinct  feature  in  the  landscape,  such  as  borders  between 
fields  and  forests,  rivers,  mountain  ridges,  desert  rims,  or 
peninsulas,  appears  to  influence  migratory  travel,  we  call  these 
formations  "guiding  lines,"  "diversion-lines,"  "leading  lines,"  or  in 
German,  "Leitlinie."  It  is  an  observed  fact  that  some  birds  in  a 
migratory  movement  alter  their  course  to  travel  along  a  leading  line, 
but  whether  this  feature  in  the  landscape  caused  the  migrants  to 
change  their  course  is  only  theory  (Thomson  1960).  Besides 
topography,  many  other  factors  can  influence  this  type  of  flight 
behavior  including  weather,  wind  speed  and  direction,  time  of  day, 
species,  age,  and  experience  of  the  bird  (Murray  1964). 

Large  bodies  of  water  constitute  real  barriers  to  soaring  birds 
dependent  on  thermals  and  air  currents.  Good  examples  of  these 
barriers  include  the  Mediterranean  Sea  between  Europe  and  Africa 
and  the  Great  Lakes  in  North  America.  Because  these  water  areas  do 
not  create  good  thermals  (generally  a  warm  surface,  such  as  a  large 
field  on  a  sunny  day,  is  needed  to  create  the  necessary  rising  air 
currents  for  thermals  to  form)  for  birds  to  soar  on,  migrants  are 
forced  to  travel  around  them  on  updrafts  created  where  land  and 
water  meet.  The  shoreline,  then,  may  appear  to  be  the  guiding  line, 
but  more  than  likely  the  birds  are  simply  following  air  currents 
created  by  onshore  winds  replacing  the  rising  air  from  the 
surrounding  warmer  land  surface  and  being  deflected  upward  by 
the  shoreline.  These  conditions  often  concentrate  our  buteos  (broad- 
winged,  rough-legged,  red-shouldered,  and  red-tailed  hawks)  into 
restricted  areas  where,  on  good  days,  numbers  observed  can  be 
spectacular.  Similar  conditions  exist  over  the  Bosphorus  at  the 
eastern  end  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  where  literally  thousands  of 
storks,  eagles,  and  buzzards  can  be  observed  on  a  good  day. 

While  extensive  water  areas  may  alter  the  migratory  path  of 
soaring  birds,  mountain  ridges,  especially  if  parallel  to  the  line  of 
flight,  are  often  very  conducive  to  migratory  travel.  Systematic 
coverage  of  the  Appalachian  ridges  indicates  all  of  them  aid  the 

56 


migration  of  soaring  birds.  Apparently  the  highest  and  longest 
ridges  deflect  the  horizontal  winds  upward  better  than  the  shorter 
ridges  less  than  1,000  feet  high,  and  more  birds  are  seen,  on  the 
average,  along  the  higher  ridges  (Robbins  1956). 

In  general,  nocturnal  migrants  are  not  influenced  by  topography 
as  much  as  diurnal  travellers.  Radar  observations  have  played  an 
important  role  in  establishing  this  difference.  Bellrose  (1967)  found 
that  waterfowl  migrating  at  night  through  the  Midwest  were  not 
influenced  by  major  river  systems,  but  in  the  evening  or  after 
daybreak  ducks  and  geese  tended  to  alter  their  course  along  the 
rivers.  Drury  et  al.  (1961)  recorded  massive  fall  and  spring 
movements  from  the  New  England  area  out  over  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
without  any  apparent  regard  for  the  coastline.  Until  nocturnal 
migration  could  be  "watched"  on  a  radar  screen,  many  bird  observers 
assumed  the  guiding  effect  of  the  coastline  on  migratory  travel  was 
more  restrictive  than  it  really  is. 

In  summary,  topography  may  help  or  deter  a  migrant  in  its 
passage.  It  affects  different  birds  in  different  ways.  In  North 
America,  migratory  movements  are  continent  wide,  and  no  evidence 
has  indicated  any  particular  part  of  the  landscape  influences  all 
birds  in  the  same  manner.  Certain  bird  populations  may  use  general 
areas  in  migration,  but  they  are  usually  not  rigidly  restricted  to  them 
because  of  topography. 


57 


PERILS  OF  MIGRATION 


The  migration  season  is  full  of  peril  for  birds.  Untold  thousands  of 
smaller  migrants  are  destroyed  each  year  by  storms  and  attacks  by 
predatory  animals.  These  mortality  factors,  and  others,  help  keep 
bird  populations  in  check.  Perils  of  migration  are  among  these 
causes. 

Storms 

Of  all  the  hazards  confronting  birds  in  migration,  particularly  the 
smaller  species,  storms  are  the  most  dangerous.  Birds  that  cross 
broad  stretches  of  water  can  be  blown  off  course  by  a  storm,  become 
exhausted,  and  fall  into  the  waves.  Such  a  catastrophe  was  once  seen 
from  the  deck  of  a  vessel  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  30  miles  off  the  mouth 
of  the  Mississippi  River.  Great  numbers  of  migrating  birds,  chiefly 
warblers,  were  nearing  land  after  having  accomplished  nearly  95 
percent  of  their  long  flight  when,  caught  by  a  "norther"  against 
which  they  were  unable  to  make  headway,  hundreds  were  forced  into 
the  waters  of  the  Gulf  and  drowned.  A  sudden  drop  in  temperature 
accompanied  by  a  snowfall  can  cause  a  similar  affect. 

Aerial  Obstructions 

Lighthouses,  tall  buildings,  monuments,  television  towers,  and 
other  aerial  obstructions  have  been  responsible  for  destruction  of 
migratory  birds.  Bright  beams  of  lights  on  buildings  and  airport 
ceilometers  have  a  powerful  attraction  for  nocturnal  air  travelers 
that  may  be  likened  to  the  fascination  for  lights  exhibited  by  many 
insects,  particularly  night-flying  moths.  The  attraction  is  most 
noticeable  on  foggy  nights  when  the  rays  have  a  dazzling  effect  that 
not  only  lures  the  birds  but  confuses  them  and  causes  their  death  by 
collision  against  high  structures.  The  fixed,  white,  stationary  light 
located  180  feet  above  sea  level  at  Ponce  de  Leon  Inlet  (formerly 
Mosquito  Inlet),  Florida,  has  caused  great  destruction  of  bird  life  even 
though  the  lens  is  shielded  by  wire  netting.  Two  other  lighthouses  at 
the  southern  end  of  Florida,  Sombrero  Key  and  Fowey  Rocks,  have 
been  the  cause  of  a  great  number  of  bird  tragedies,  while  heavy 
mortality  has  been  noted  also  at  some  of  the  lights  on  the  Great  Lakes 
and  on  the  coast  of  Quebec.  Fixed  white  lights  seem  to  be  most 
attractive  to  birds;  lighthouses  equipped  with  flashing  or  red  lights 
do  not  have  the  same  attraction. 

For  many  years  in  Washington,  B.C.,  the  illuminated  Washington 
Monument,  towering  more  than  555  feet  into  the  air,  caused 
destruction  of  large  numbers  of  small  birds.  Batteries  of  brilliant 
floodlights  grouped  on  all  four  sides  about  the  base  illuminate  the 

58 


Monument  so  brilliantly,  airplane  pilots  noticed  that  it  could  be  seen 
for  40  miles  on  a  clear  night.  It  is  certain  there  is  an  extensive  area  of 
illumination,  and  on  dark  nights  with  gusty,  northerly  winds, 
nocturnal  migrants  seem  to  fly  at  lower  altitudes  and  are  attacted  to 
the  Monument.  As  they  mill  about  the  shaft,  they  are  dashed  against 
it  by  eddies  of  wind,  and  hundreds  have  been  killed  in  a  single  night. 

In  September  1948,  bird  students  were  startled  by  news  of  the 
wholesale  destruction  of  common  yellowthroats,  American  redstarts, 
ovenbirds,  and  others  against  the  1,250-foot-high  Empire  State 
Building  in  New  York  City,  the  491-foot-high  Philadelphia  Saving 
Fund  Society  Building  in  Philadelphia,  and  the  450-foot-high  WB  AL 
radio  tower  in  Baltimore.  In  New  York,  the  birds  continued  to  crash 
into  the  Empire  State  Building  for  6  hours. 

More  recently,  the  television  tower  has  become  the  chief  hazard. 
These  structures  are  so  tall,  sometimes  over  1,000  feet,  they  present 
more  of  a  menace  than  buildings  or  lighthouses.  Their  blinking  lights 
cause  passing  migrants  to  blunder  into  guy  wires  or  the  tower  itself 
while  milling  around  like  moths  about  a  flame.  Numerous  instances 
(e.g.  Stoddard  and  Norris  1967)  throughout  the  U.S.  indicate  this 
peril  to  migration  is  widespread.  The  lethal  qualities  of  airport 
ceilometers  have  been  effectively  modified  by  conversion  to 
intermittent  or  rotating  beams. 

Exhaustion 

Both  soaring  and  sailing  birds  are  so  proficient  in  aerial 
transportation  that  only  recently  have  the  principles  been 
understood  and  imitated  by  aircraft  pilots.  The  use  of  ascending  air 
currents,  employed  by  all  soaring  birds  and  easily  demonstrated  by 
observing  gulls  glide  hour  after  hour  along  the  windward  side  of  a 
ship,  are  now  utilized  by  man  in  his  operation  of  gliders.  Moreover, 
the  whole  structure  of  a  bird  makes  it  the  most  perfect  machine  for 
extensive  flight  the  world  has  ever  known.  Hollow,  air-filled  bones, 
together  with  feathers,  the  lightest  and  toughest  material  known  for 
flight,  have  evolved  in  combination  to  produce  a  perfect  flying 
machine. 

Mere  consideration  of  a  bird's  economy  of  fuel  or  energy  also  is 
enlightening.  The  golden  plover  probably  travels  over  a  2,400-mile 
oceanic  route  from  Nova  Scotia  to  South  America  in  about  48  hours  of 
continous  flight.  This  is  accomplished  with  the  consumption  of  less 
than  2  ounces  of  body  fat  (fuel).  In  contrast,  to  be  just  as  efficient  in 
operation,  a  1 ,000-pound  airplane  would  consume  only  a  single  pint  of 
fuel  in  a  20-mile  flight  rather  than  the  gallon  usually  required. 
Similarly,  the  tiny  ruby- throated  hummingbird  weighing  approx- 
imately 4  grams,  crosses  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  in  a  single  flight  of  more 
than  500  miles  while  consuming  less  than  1  gram  of  fat. 

One  might  expect  the  exertion  incident  to  long  migratory  flights 
would  result  in  arrival  of  migrants  at  their  destination  near  a  state  of 
exhaustion.  This  is  usually  not  the  case.  Birds  that  have  recently 
arrived  from  a  protracted  flight  over  land  or  sea  sometimes  show 

59 


evidences  of  being  tired,  but  their  condition  is  far  from  being  in  a 
state  of  emaciation  or  exhaustion.  The  popular  notion  birds  find  long 
ocean  flights  so  excessively  wearisome  that  they  sink  exhausted  when 
terra  firma  is  reached  generally  does  not  coincide  with  the  facts. 

The  truth  is,  even  small  landbirds  are  so  little  exhausted  by  ocean 
voyages,  they  not  only  cross  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  at  its  widest  point  but 
may  even  proceed  without  pause  many  miles  inland  before  stopping. 
The  sora,  considered  such  a  weak  flyer  that  at  least  one  writer  was  led 
to  infer  most  of  its  migration  was  made  on  foot,  has  one  of  the  longest 
migration  routes  of  any  member  of  the  rail  family  and  even  crosses 
the  wide  reaches  of  the  Caribbean  Sea.  Observations  indicate  that 
under  favorable  conditions  birds  can  fly  when  and  where  they  please 
and  the  distance  covered  in  a  single  flight  is  governed  chiefly  by  the 
amount  of  stored  fat.  Exhaustion,  except  as  the  result  of  unusual 
factors  such  as  strong  adverse  winds,  cannot  be  said  to  be  an 
important  peril  of  migration. 


60 


ROUTES  OF  MIGRATION 


General  Considerations 

While  it  is  beyond  question  that  certain  general  directions  of  flight 
are  consistently  followed  by  migratory  birds,  it  is  well  to  remember 
the  term  "migration  route"  is  to  some  extent  a  theoretical  concept 
referring  to  the  lines  of  general  advance  or  retreat  of  a  species,  rather 
than  the  exact  course  followed  by  individual  birds  or  a  path  followed 
by  a  species  with  specific  geographic  or  ecological  boundaries.  Even 
the  records  of  banded  birds  usually  show  no  more  than  the  place  of 
banding  and  recovery.  One  ought  to  have  recourse  to  intermediate 
records  and  reasoning  based  on  probabilities  to  fill  in  details  of  the 
route  actually  traversed  between  the  two  points.  In  determining 
migration  routes,  one  must  constantly  guard  against  the  false 
assumption  that  localities  with  many  grounded  migrants  are  on  the 
main  path  of  migration  and  localities  where  no  grounded  migrants 
are  observed  are  off  the  main  path. 

There  is  also  infinite  variety  in  the  routes  covered  during 
migration  by  different  species.  In  fact,  the  choice  of  migration 
highways  is  so  wide  that  is  seems  as  if  the  routes  of  no  two  species 
coincide.  Differences  in  distance  traveled,  time  of  starting,  speed  of 
flight,  geographical  position,  latitudes  of  breeding  and  wintering 
grounds,  and  other  factors  contribute  to  this  great  variation  of 
migration  routes.  Nevertheless,  there  are  certain  factors  that  serve  to 
guide  individuals  or  groups  of  individuals  along  more  or  less  definite 
lines,  and  it  is  possible  to  define  such  lines  of  migration  for  many 
species. 

Except  in  a  few  species,  individuals  probably  do  not  follow 
precisely  the  same  route  twice.  This  is  especially  true  in  the  group  of 
soaring  birds  that  utilize  thermals.  Mueller  and  Berger  (1967b) 
recaptured  only  three  migrants  in  subsequent  years  at  Cedar  Grove, 
Wisconsin,  after  banding  over  50,000  birds  there.  In  general,  those 
populations  of  species  with  very  discernible  breeding  or  wintering 
grounds  have  readily  discernible  migration  routes.  However,  even 
the  whole  migration  process  of  certain  species  may  show  great  yearly 
fluctuations  (Rudebeck  1950). 

Aldrich  et  al.  (1949)  showed  from  banding  data  great  variation  in 
migration  patterns  between  species  of  waterfowl.  In  some  species 
there  was  considerable  diversity  in  direction  of  movement,  not  only  of 
different  breeding  populations  within  a  species  but  also  for  different 
individuals  of  the  same  breeding  population.  The  impression  is 
inescapable;  waterfowl  migration  is  even  more  complicated  than 
originally  supposed,  and  it  is  difficult  to  make  generalizations  with 

61 


regard  to  migration  pathways  for  even  a  single  species  let  alone 
waterfowl  in  general. 

Flyways  and  Corridors 

Through  plotting  accumulated  banding  data  in  the  1930's, 
investigators  became  impressed  by  what  appeared  to  be  four  broad, 
relatively  exclusive  flyway  belts  in  North  America.  This  concept, 
based  upon  analyses  of  the  several  thousand  records  of  migratory 
waterfowls  recoveries  then  available,  was  described  by  Lincoln 
(1935a).  In  this  paper  (p.  10),  Lincoln  concluded  that: 

.  .  .  because  of  the  great  attachment  of  migratory  birds  for 
their  ancestral  flyways,  it  would  be  possible  practically  to 
exterminate  the  ducks  of  the  West  without  seriously  interfer- 
ing with  the  supply  of  birds  of  the  same  species  in  the  Altantic 
and  Mississippi  flyways,  and  that  the  birds  of  these  species 
using  the  eastern  flyways  would  be  slow  to  overflow  and  re- 
populate  the  devasted  areas  of  the  West,  even  though  environ- 
mental conditions  might  be  so  altered  as  to  be  entirely 
favorable. 

Since  1948,  this  concept  served  as  the  basis  for  administrative  action 
by  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  in  setting  annual  migratory  water- 
fowl hunting  regulations. 

The  concept  of  bird  populations  being  confined  to  four  fairly 
definite  and  distinct  migration  "flyways"  is  probably  most  applicable 
to  those  birds  that  migrate  in  family  groups,  namely  geese,  swans, 
and  cranes,  but  does  not  appear  to  be  very  helpful  in  understanding 
the  movements  of  the  more  widely  dispersing  ducks.  The  "pioneering 
spirit"  in  Canada  geese,  for  example,  is  limited  by  their  social 
structure— the  young  travel  to  and  from  specific  breeding  and 
wintering  areas  with  their  parents.  These  young  later  in  life  usually 
breed  in  the  same  areas  as  did  their  parents.  If  a  goose  population  is 
decimated  in  one  flyway,  either  by  hunting  or  natural  calamities, 
other  goose  populations  in  other  flyways  are  not  seriously 
endangered,  but  also  these  populations  are  very  slow  to  repopulate  an 
area  where  the  previous  goose  population  had  been  decimated.  This  is 
not  the  case  with  ducks  because  these  birds  are  not  always  bound  by 
their  intrinsic  behavior  to  return  to  specific  breeding  areas.  Con- 
sequently, vacant  breeding  areas  are  more  rapidly  repopulated  by 
ducks  than  by  geese. 

Although  Lincoln's  analysis  was  confined  to  ducks  and  geese,  some 
thought  that  it  applied  to  other  groups  of  birds  as  well.  Everyone 
now  realizes  that  the  concept  of  four  flyways,  designated  as  the 
Atlantic,  Mississippi,  Central,  and  Pacific  Flyways,  was  an 
oversimplification  of  an  extremely  complex  situation  involving 
crisscrossing  of  migration  routes,  varying  from  species  to  species.  It 
can  be  considered  meaningful  only  in  a  very  general  way,  even  for 
waterfowl,  and  not  applicable  generally  to  other  groups  of  birds. 
Nevertheless  the  four  "Flyway"  areas  have  been  useful  in 

62 


regionalizing   the   harvest  of  waterfowl   for   areas   of  different 
vulnerability  of  hunting  pressure. 

Bellrose  (1968)  identified  corridors  of  southward  migrating 
waterfowl  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  determined,  through 
statistical  analyses,  the  relative  abundance  of  birds  in  each.  He 
showed  major  corridors  of  dabbling  duck  movements  down  the  Great 
Plains  and  Missouri-Mississippi  river  valleys  with  minor  off  shoots  at 
various  points  from  these  corridors  eastward  to  the  Atlantic  coast 
where  they  joined  equally  minor  eastern  movements  from  the  North 
(Fig.  13).  Bellrose's  map  of  migration  corridors  for  the  diving  ducks 


Dabbling  Ducks  East  of  Rockies 

1,500,000-3,000,000 

750,000-1,500,000 

I 

350,000-750,000 
100,000-350,000 
30,000-100,000 
1,000-30,000 


Figure  13.  Migration  corridors  used  by  dabbling  ducks  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains 
during  their  fall  migration  (After  Bellrose  1968). 

63 


showed  heavy  traffic  similar  to  that  of  dabbling  species  down  the 
Great  Plains  and  relatively  heavily  used  corridors  from  these  central 
arteries  eastward  across  the  Great  Lakes  area  to  the  Atlantic  coast, 
terminating  particularly  in  the  vicinity  of  Chesapeake  Bay.  A  fairly 
well-used  corridor  extends  along  the  Atlantic  coast. 


Breeding  Range 
Winter  Range 
Lightly  Traveled  Routes 
Heavily  Traveled  Routes 


Figure  14-  Distribution  and  migration  of  Harris'  sparrow.  This  is  an  example  of  a 
narrow  migration  route  through  the  interior  of  the  country. 

64 


With  our  present  knowledge  of  bird  migration  it  is  difficult  at  best 
to  recognize  distinct  broad  belts  of  migration  down  the  North 
American  continent  encompassing  groups  of  distinct  populations  or 
species.  It  seems  that  so  much  intermingling  of  populations  occurs 
that  distinctions  between  broad  "flyway"  belts  are  not  discernible. 
About  all  we  can  say  for  sure  now  is  that  birds  travel  between  certain 
breeding  areas  in  the  North  and  certain  wintering  areas  in  the  South 
and  that  a  few  heavily  traveled  corridors  used  by  certain  species,  and 
more  generalized  routes  followed  by  one  or  more  species,  have 
become  obvious. 

Narrow  Routes 

Some  species  exhibit  extremely  narrow  routes  of  travel.  The  red 
knot  and  purple  sandpiper,  for  example,  are  normally  found  only 
along  the  coasts  because  they  are  limited  on  one  side  by  the  broad 
waters  of  the  ocean,  and  on  the  other  by  land  and  fresh  water;  neither 
of  these  habitats  furnish  conditions  attractive  to  these  species. 

The  Ipswich  race  of  the  savannah  sparrow  likewise  has  a  very 
restricted  migration  range.  It  is  known  to  breed  only  on  tiny  Sable 
Island,  Nova  Scotia,  and  it  winters  from  that  island  south  along  the 
Atlantic  coast  to  Georgia.  It  is  rarely  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
from  the  outer  beach  and  is  entirely  at  home  among  the  sand  dunes 
with  their  sparse  covering  of  coarse  grass. 

The  Harris'  sparrow  supplies  an  interesting  example  of  a 
moderately  narrow  migration  route  in  the  interior  of  the  country 
(Fig.  14).  This  fine,  large  sparrow  is  known  to  breed  only  in  the 
narrow  belt  of  stunted  timber  and  brush  at  or  near  the  limit  of  trees 
from  the  vicinity  of  Churchill,  Manitoba,  on  the  west  shore  of  Hudson 
Bay,  to  the  Mackenzie  Delta  1,600  miles  to  the  northwest.  When  this 
sparrow  reaches  the  United  States  on  its  southward  migration,  it  is 
most  numerous  in  a  belt  about  500  miles  wide,  between  Montana 
and  central  Minnesota  and  continues  south  through  a  relatively 
narrow  path  in  the  central  part  of  the  continent.  Knowledge  of 
habitat  preference  by  Harris'  sparrows  suggests  the  narrow 
migration  range  is  restricted  to  the  transition  between  woodland  and 
prairie,  a  type  of  habitat  approaching  the  woodland-tundra 
transition  of  its  breeding  area.  Development  of  this  migration  route, 
of  course,  preceded  destruction  of  the  heavy  eastern  forests  by 
colonists  from  Europe.  Its  winter  range  lies  primarily  in  similar 
country  extending  from  southeastern  Nebraska  and  northwestern 
Missouri,  across  eastern  Kansas  and  Oklahoma  and  through  a 
narrow  section  of  eastern  Texas,  at  places  hardly  more  than  150  miles 
wide. 

Converging  Routes 

When  birds  start  their  southward  migration  the  movement 
necessarily  involves  the  full  width  of  the  breeding  range.  Later,  in  the 
case  of  landbirds  with  extensive  breeding  ranges,  there  is  a 
convergence  of  the  lines  of  flight  taken  by  individual  birds  owing,  in 

65 


part,  to  the  conformation  of  the  land  mass  and  in  part  to  the  east-west 
restriction  of  habitats  suitable  to  certain  species.  An  example  of  this 
is  provided  by  the  eastern  kingbird,  which  breeds  in  a  summer 
range  2,800  miles  wide  from  Newfoundland  to  British  Columbia.  On 
migration,  however,  the  area  traversed  by  the  species  becomes 
constricted  until  in  the  southern  part  of  the  United  States  the 
occupied  area  extends  from  Florida  to  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande,  a 
distance  of  only  900  miles.  Still  farther  south  the  migration  path 
continues  to  converge,  and,  at  the  latitude  of  Yucatan,  it  is  not  more 
than  400  miles  wide.  The  great  bulk  of  the  species  probably  moves  in 
a  belt  less  than  half  this  width. 

The  scarlet  tanager  presents  another  extreme  case  of  a  narrowly 
converging  migration  route  starting  from  its  1,900-mile-wide 
breeding  range  in  the  eastern  deciduous  forest  between  New 
Brunswick  and  Saskatchewan  (Fig.  15).  As  the  birds  move 


Figure  15.  Distribution  and  migration  of  the  scarlet  tanager.  During  the  breeding  sea- 
son individual  scarlet  tanagers  may  be  1,500  miles  apart  in  an  east-and-west  line 
across  the  breeding  range.  In  migration,  however,  the  lines  gradually  converge  until  in 
South  America  they  are  about  500  miles  apart. 

66 


southward  in  the  fall,  their  path  of  migration  becomes  more  and 
more  constricted,  until,  at  the  time  they  leave  the  United  States,  all 
are  included  in  the  600-mile  belt  from  eastern  Texas  to  the  Florida 
peninsula.  The  boundaries  continue  to  converge  through  Honduras 
and  Costa  Rica  where  they  are  not  more  than  100  miles  apart.  The 
species  winters  in  the  heavily  forested  areas  of  northwestern  South 
America  including  parts  of  Colombia,  Ecuador,  and  Peru. 

The  rose-breasted  grosbeak  also  leaves  the  United  States  through 
the  600-mile  stretch  from  eastern  Texas  to  Apalachicola  Bay,  but 


16.  Distribution  and  migration  of  the  rose-breasted  grosbeak.  Though  the  width 
of  the  breeding  range  is  about  2,500  miles,  the  migratory  lines  converge  until  the 
boundaries  are  only  about  1,000  miles  apart  when  the  birds  leave  the  United  States. 

67 


thereafter  as  this  grosbeak  crosses  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  enters  the 
northern  part  of  its  winter  quarters  in  southern  Mexico  the  lines  do 
not  further  converge.  However,  the  pathway  of  those  individuals  that 
continue  on  to  South  America  is  considerably  constricted  by  the 
narrowing  of  the  land  through  Central  America  to  Panama  (Fig.  16). 

Although  the  cases  cited  represent  extremes  of  convergence,  a 
narrowing  of  the  migratory  path  is  the  rule  to  a  greater  or  lesser 
degree  for  the  majority  of  North  American  birds.  Both  the  shape  of 
the  continent  and  major  habitat  belts  tend  to  constrict  southward 
movement  so  that  the  width  of  the  migration  route  in  the  latitude  of 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  is  usually  much  less  than  in  the  breeding  territory. 

The  American  redstart  represents  a  case  of  a  wide  migration  route, 
but  even  in  the  southern  United  States,  this  is  still  much  narrower 
than  the  breeding  range  (Fig.  17).  These  birds,  however,  cross  all  of 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  pass  from  Florida  to  Cuba  and  Haiti  by  way  of 
the  Bahamas,  so  here  their  route  is  about  2,500  miles  wide. 


Figure  1 7.  Distribution  and  migration  of  the  redstart.  An  example  of  a  wide  migration 
route,  birds  of  this  species  cross  all  parts  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  or  may  travel  from 
Florida  to  Cuba  and  through  the  Bahamas.  Their  route  has  an  east-and-west  width  of 
more  than  2,000  miles. 

68 


Principal  Routes  From  North  America 

W.  W.  Cook  presented  seven  of  the  more  important  generalized 
routes  for  birds  leaving  the  United  States  on  their  way  to  various 
wintering  grounds  (1915a;  Fig.  18).  When  migrants  return 
northward  in  the  spring,  they  may  follow  these  same  routes,  but  it  is 
not  known  for  certain  whether  they  do.  These  routes  are  discussed  in 
the  following  sections. 

Atlantic  Oceanic  Route 

Route  No.  1  (Fig.  18)  is  almost  entirely  oceanic  and  passes  directly 
over  the  Atlantic  Ocean  from  Labrador  and  Nova  Scotia  to  the  Lesser 
Antilles,  then  through  this  group  of  small  islands  to  the  mainland  of 
South  America.  Most  of  the  adult  eastern  golden  plovers  and  some 
other  shorebirds  use  this  as  their  fall  route.  As  we  mentioned 
previously,  radar  has  indicated  strong  fall  movements  of  warblers 
from  the  New  England  coast  out  over  the  Atlantic  to  points  south 
along  this  route.  Since  it  lies  almost  entirely  over  the  sea,  this  route  is 
definitely  known  only  at  its  terminals  and  from  occasional 
observations  made  on  Bermuda  and  other  islands  in  its  course.  Some 
of  the  shorebirds  that  breed  on  the  Arctic  tundra  of  the  District  of 
Mackenzie  (Northwest  Territories)  and  Alaska  fly  southeastward 
across  Canada  to  the  Atlantic  coast  and  finally  follow  this  oceanic 


-J. 


Principal  Western  Routes 
Most  Extensively  Used  Routes 
Atlantic  Coast  Routes 
Atlantic  Oceanic  Route 


Figure  18.  Principal  migration  routes  used  by  birds  in  passing  from  North  America  to 
winter  quarters  in  the  West  Indies,  Central  America,  and  South  America.  Route  4  is 
the  one  used  most  extensively  while  only  a  few  species  make  the  2,400  mile  flight  down 
Route  1  from  Nova  Scotia  to  South  America. 


route  to  the  mainland  of  South  America.  The  golden  plover  may 
accomplish  the  whole  2,400  miles  without  pause  or  rest,  and  in  fair 
weather  the  flocks  pass  Bermuda  and  sometimes  even  the  islands  of 
the  Antilles  without  stopping.  Although  most  birds  make  their 
migratory  flights  either  by  day  or  by  night,  the  golden  plover  in  this 
remarkable  journey  flies  both  day  and  night.  Since  this  plover  swims 
lightly  and  easily,  it  may  make  a  few  short  stops  along  the  way. 

The  Arctic  tern  follows  the  Atlantic  Ocean  route  chiefly  along  the 
eastern  side  of  the  ocean.  Likewise,  vast  numbers  of  seabirds  such  as 
auks,  murres,  guillemots,  phalaropes,  jaegers,  petrels,  and 
shearwaters  follow  this  over-water  route  from  breeding  coasts  and 
islands  in  the  Northern  and  Southern  Hemispheres. 

Atlantic  Coast  Route  and  Tributaries 

The  Atlantic  coast  is  a  regular  avenue  of  travel,  and  along  it  are 
many  famous  points  for  observing  both  land  and  water  birds.  About 
50  different  kinds  of  landbirds  that  breed  in  New  England  follow  the 
coast  southward  to  Florida  and  travel  thence  by  island  and  mainland 
to  South  America  (Fig.  18,  route  2).  The  map  indicates  a  natural  and 
convenient  highway  through  the  Bahamas,  Cuba,  Hispaniola,  Puerto 
Rico,  and  the  Lesser  Antilles  to  the  South  American  coast.  Resting 
places  are  affored  at  convenient  intervals,  and  at  no  time  need  the 
aerial  travelers  be  out  of  sight  of  land.  It  is  not,  however,  the  favored 
highway;  only  about  25  species  of  birds  go  beyond  Cuba  to  Puerto 
Rico  along  this  route  to  their  winter  quarters,  while  only  six  species 
are  known  to  reach  South  America  by  way  of  the  Lesser  Antilles. 
Many  thousands  of  American  coots  and  wigeons,  pintails,  blue- 
winged  teal,  and  other  waterfowl  as  well  as  shorebirds,  regularly 
spend  the  winter  season  in  the  coastal  marshes,  inland  lakes,  and 
ponds  of  Cuba,  Hispaniola,  and  Puerto  Rico. 

Route  No.  3  (Fig.  18)  is  a  direct  line  of  travel  for  Atlantic  coast 
migrants  en  route  to  South  America,  although  it  involves  much 
longer  flights.  It  is  used  almost  entirely  by  landbirds.  After  taking  off 
from  the  coast  of  Florida  there  are  only  two  intermediate  land  masses 
where  the  migrants  may  pause  for  rest  and  food.  Nevertheless,  tens  of 
thousands  of  birds  of  about  60  species  cross  the  150  miles  from 
Florida  to  Cuba  where  many  elect  to  remain  for  the  winter  months. 
The  others  negotiate  the  90  miles  between  Cuba  and  Jamaica,  but, 
from  that  point  to  the  South  American  coast,  there  is  a  stretch  of 
islandless  ocean  500  miles  across.  Relatively  few  North  American 
migrants  on  this  route  go  beyond  Jamaica.  The  bobolink  so  far 
outnumbers  all  other  birds  using  this  route  that  it  may  be  designated 
the  "bobolink  route"  (Fig.  19).  As  traveling  companions  along  this 
route,  the  bobolink  may  meet  vireos,  kingbirds,  and  nighthawks 
from  Florida,  Chuck-will's-widows  from  the  Southeastern  States, 
black-billed  and  yellow-billed  cuckoos  from  New  England,  gray- 
cheeked  thrushes  from  Quebec,  bank  swallows  from  Labrador,  and 
blackpoll  warblers  from  Alaska.  Sometimes  this  scattered 
assemblage  will  be  joined  by  a  tanager  or  a  wood  thrush,  but  the 

70 


Bobolink 


Bobolink 


Breeding  Range 
Winter  Range 
Migration  Routes 


Figure  19.  Distribution  and  migration  of  the  bobolink.  In  crossing  to  South  America, 
most  of  the  bobolinks  use  route  3  (Fig.  18),  showing  no  hesitation  in  making  the 
flight  from  Jamaica  across  an  islandless  stretch  of  ocean.  It  u-ill  be  noted  that  colonies 
of  these  birds  have  established  themselves  in  western  areas,  but  in  migration  they 
adhere  to  the  ancestral  flyways  and  show  no  tendency  to  take  the  short  cut  across 
Arizona,  New  Mexico,  and  Texas. 


71 


"bobolink  route"  is  not  popular  with  the  greater  number  of  migrants. 

Formerly,  it  was  thought  most  North  America  landbirds 
migrated  to  Central  America  via  the  Florida  coast,  then  crossed  to 
Cuba,  and  finally  made  the  short  flight  from  the  western  tip  of  Cuba 
to  Yucatan.  A  glance  at  the  map  would  suggest  this  as  a  most  natural 
route,  but,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is  practically  deserted  except  for  a 
few  swallows  and  shorebirds  or  an  occasional  landbird  storm-driven 
from  its  normal  course.  What  actually  happens  in  the  fall  is  that 
many  of  the  birds  breeding  east  of  the  Appalachian  Mountains  travel 
parallel  to  the  seacoast  in  a  more  or  less  southwesterly  direction  and, 
apparently  maintaining  this  same  general  course  from  northwestern 
Florida,  cross  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  the  coastal  regions  of  eastern 
Mexico.  They  thus  join  migrants  from  farther  inland  in  using  route 
No.  4  (Fig.  18). 

Routes  used  by  the  Atlantic  brant  merit  some  detail  because  their 
flight  paths  were  long  misunderstood.  These  birds  winter  on  the 
Atlantic  coast,  chiefly  at  Barnegat  Bay,  New  Jersey,  but  depending 
upon  the  severity  of  the  season  and  the  food  available,  south  also  to 
North  Carolina.  Their  breeding  grounds  are  in  the  Canadian  arctic 
archipelago  and  on  the  coasts  of  Greenland.  According  to  the  careful 
studies  of  Lewis  (1937),  the  main  body  travels  northward  in  spring 
along  the  coast  to  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  overland  to  Northumberland 
Strait,  which  separates  Prince  Edward  Island  from  mainland  New 
Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia.  A  minor  route  appears  to  lead 
northward  from  Long  Island  Sound  by  way  of  the  Housatonic  and 
Connecticut  River  Valleys  to  the  St.  Lawrence  River. 

After  spending  the  entire  month  of  May  feeding  and  resting  in  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  the  eastern  segment  of  the  brant  population 
resumes  its  journey  by  departing  overland  from  the  Bay  of  Seven 
Island  area.  The  eastern  and  larger  segment  of  the  population 
appears  to  fly  almost  due  north  to  Ungava  Bay  and  from  there  to 
nesting  grounds,  probably  on  Baffin  Island  and  Greenland.  The 
smaller  segment  travels  a  route  slightly  north  of  west  to  the 
southeastern  shores  of  James  Bay,  although  east  of  that  area  some  of 
the  flocks  take  a  more  northwesterly  course  by  descending  the  Fort 
George  River  to  reach  the  eastern  shore  of  James  Bay.  Upon  their 
arrival  at  either  of  these  two  points  on  James  Bay,  the  brants  of  this 
western  segment  turn  northward  and  proceed  along  eastern  Hudson 
Bay  to  their  breeding  grounds  in  the  Canadian  Arctic. 

In  general,  the  fall  migration  of  the  brant  follows  the  routes 
utilized  in  the  spring.  At  this  season,  the  eastern  population  appears 
only  on  the  western  and  southern  shores  of  Ungava  Bay  before 
continuing  their  southward  journey  to  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  and 
beyond.  Also,  it  appears  that  most  of  the  birds  of  the  western 
segment,  instead  of  following  the  eastern  shores  of  Hudson  and 
James  bays,  turn  southwestward  across  the  former,  by  way  of  the 
Belcher  Islands,  to  Cape  Henrietta  Maria,  and  from  there  south 
along  the  western  shores  of  James  Bay  by  way  of  Akimiski  and 
Charlton  Islands.  At  the  southern  end  of  James  Bay,  they  are  joined 

72 


by  those  that  have  taken  the  more  direct  route  along  the  east  coasts  of 
the  bays  and  all  then  fly  overland  570  miles  to  the  estuary  of  the  St. 
Lawrence  River. 

The  Atlantic  coast  wintering  area  receives  accretions  of  waterfowl 
from  three  or  four  interior  migration  paths,  one  of  which  is  of  first 
importance,  as  it  includes  great  flocks  of  canvasbacks,  redheads, 
scaup,  Canada  geese,  and  many  black  ducks  that  winter  in  the 
waters  and  marshes  of  the  coastal  region  south  of  Delaware  Bay.  The 
canvasbacks,  redheads,  and  scaup  coming  from  breeding  grounds  on 
the  great  northern  plains  of  central  Canada  follow  the  general 
southeasterly  trend  of  the  Great  Lakes,  cross  Pennsylvania  over  the 
mountains,  and  reach  the  Atlantic  coast  in  the  vicinity  of  Delaware 
and  Chesapeake  Bays.  Black  ducks,  mallards,  and  blue-winged  teals 
that  have  gathered  in  southern  Ontario  during  the  fall  leave  these 
feeding  grounds  and  proceed  southwest  over  a  course  that  is 
apparently  headed  for  the  Mississippi  Valley.  Many  do  continue  this 
route  down  the  Ohio  Valley,  but  others,  upon  reaching  the  vicinity  of 
the  St.  Clair  Flats  between  Michigan  and  Ontario,  swing  abruptly  to 
the  southeast  and  cross  the  mountains  to  reach  the  Atlantic  coast 
south  of  New  Jersey.  This  route,  with  its  Mississippi  Valley  branch, 
has  been  fully  documented  by  the  recovery  records  of  ducks  banded 
at  Lake  Scugog,  Ontario. 

Canvasbacks  migrate  from  the  prairie  pothole  country  of  the 
central  United  States  and  Canada  to  many  wintering  areas  in  the 
United  States.  This  duck  has  been  the  subject  of  a  particular  study 
(Stewart,  Geis,  and  Evans  1958),  and  its  principle  migration  routes, 
based  on  recovery  of  banded  birds,  are  shown  to  follow  an  important 
trunk  route  from  the  major  breeding  area  in  the  prairie  provinces  of 
Canada  and  the  northern  prairies  of  the  United  States  southeast- 
ward through  the  southern  Great  Lakes  area  to  Chesapeake  Bay,  the 
chief  wintering  area  (Fig.  20).  Relatively  few  canvasbacks  proceed 
southward  along  the  Atlantic  seaboard.  A  less  important  route 
branches  off  from  the  main  trunk  in  the  southern  Minnesota  region 
and  extends  south  along  the  Mississippi  Valley  to  points  along  the 
river.  Other  individuals  of  the  prairie  breeding  population  fly 
southward  on  a  broad  front  to  the  gulf  coast  of  Texas  and  the  interior 
of  Mexico,  while  some  proceed  southwestward  on  a  relatively  broad 
path  to  the  northern  Pacific  coast. 

Mackenzie  Valley-Great  Lakes-Mississippi  Valley 
Route  and  Tributaries 

The  route  extending  from  the  Mackenzie  Valley  past  the  Great 
Lakes  and  down  the  Mississippi  Valley  is  easily  the  longest  of  any  in 
the  Western  Hemisphere.  Its  northern  terminus  is  on  the  Arctic 
coast  in  the  regions  of  Kotzebue  Sound,  Alaska,  and  the  mouth  of  the 
Mackenzie  River,  while  its  southern  end  lies  in  Argentina. 
Nighthawks,  barn  swallows,  blackpoll  warblers,  and  individuals  of 
several  other  species  that  breed  northward  to  the  Yukon  Territory 
and  Alaska  must  cover  the  larger  part  of  the  route  twice  each  year. 

73 


For  more  than  3,000  miles— from  the  mouth  of  the  Mackenzie  to 
the  delta  of  the  Mississippi— this  route  is  uninterrupted  by 
mountains.  In  fact,  the  greatest  elevation  above  sea  level  is  less  than 
2,000  feet.  Because  it  is  well  timbered  and  watered,  the  entire  region 
affords  ideal  conditions  for  its  great  hosts  of  migrating  birds.  It  is 


Density  Line 

Representing  Approximately 

3.000  Birds 


Figure  20.  Principal  migratory  routes  of  the  canvasback.  The  major  route  of  travel 
extends  from  breeding  areas  in  central  Canada  southeast  across  the  Great  Lakes  and 
either  south  down  the  Mississippi  River  or  east  to  Chesapeake  Bay  (After  Stewart 
et  al  1958). 

74 


followed  by  such  vast  numbers  of  ducks,  geese,  shorebirds, 
blackbirds,  sparrows,  warblers,  and  thrushes  that  observers 
stationed  at  favorable  points  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  during  the 
height  of  migration  can  see  a  greater  number  of  migrants  than  can 
be  noted  anywhere  else  in  the  world. 

When  many  of  these  species,  including  ducks,  geese,  robins,  and 
yellow-rumped  warblers,  arrive  at  the  Gulf  coast,  they  spread  out 
east  and  west  for  their  winter  sojourn.  Others,  despite  the  perils  of  a 
trip  involving  a  flight  of  several  hundred  miles  across  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  fly  straight  for  Central  and  South  America.  This  part  of  the 
route  is  a  broad  "boulevard"  extending  from  northwestern  Florida  to 
eastern  Texas  and  southward  across  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  Yucatan 
and  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec  (Fig.  18,  route  4).  This  route  appears 
to  have  preference  over  the  safer  but  more  circuitous  land  or  island 
routes  by  way  of  Texas  or  Florida.  During  the  height  of  migration 
some  of  the  islands  off  the  coast  of  Louisiana  are  wonderful 
observation  points  for  the  student  of  birds,  as  the  feathered  travelers 
literally  swarm  over  them. 

Present  detailed  knowledge  of  the  chief  tributaries  to  the 
Mackenzie-Great  Lakes-Mississippi  Valley  route  relates  primarily 
to  waterfowl.  Reference  has  been  made  already  to  the  flight  of  black 
ducks  that  reach  the  Mississippi  Valley  from  southern  Ontario. 
Some  individuals  of  this  species  banded  at  Lake  Scugog,  Ontario, 
have  been  recaptured  in  succeeding  seasons  in  Wisconsin  and 
Manitoba,  but  the  majority  was  retaken  at  points  south  of  the 
junction  of  the  Ohio  River  with  the  Mississippi  indicating  their  main 
route  of  travel  from  southern  Ontario. 

A  second  route  that  joins  the  main  artery  on  its  eastern  side  is  the 
one  used  by  eastern  populations  of  lesser  snow  geese,  including  both 
blue  and  white  phases,  that  breed  mainly  on  Southampton  Island 
and  in  the  Fox  Basin  of  Baffin  Island.  In  the  fall  these  geese  work 
southward  along  the  shores  of  Hudson  Bay  and,  upon  reaching  the 
southern  extremity  of  James  Bay,  take  off  on  their  flight  to  the  great 
coastal  marshes  of  Louisiana  and  Texas  west  of  the  Mississippi  River 
delta. 

Great  Plains — Rocky  Mountain  Routes 

This  route  also  has  its  origin  in  the  Mackenzie  River  delta  and 
Alaska.  The  lesser  sandhill  cranes,  white-fronted  geese,  and  smaller 
races  of  the  Canada  goose  follow  this  route  through  the  Great  Plains 
from  breeding  areas  in  Alaska  and  western  Canada.  It  is  used  chiefly 
by  the  pintails  and  American  wigeons  that  fly  southward  through 
eastern  Alberta  to  western  Montana.  Some  localities  in  this  area,  as 
for  example,  the  National  Bison  Range  at  Moiese,  Montana, 
normally  furnish  food  in  such  abundance  that  these  birds  are  induced 
to  pause  in  their  migratory  movement.  Some  flocks  of  pintails  and 
wigeons  move  from  this  area  almost  directly  west  across  Idaho  to  the 
valley  of  the  Columbia  River,  then  south  to  the  interior  valleys  of 
California.  Others  leave  Montana  by  traveling  southeastward  across 

75 


Wyoming  and  Colorado  to  join  other  flocks  moving  southward 
through  the  Great  Plains. 

Observations  made  in  the  vicinity  of  Corpus  Christi,  Texas,  have 
shown  one  of  the  short  cuts  (Fig.  18,  route  5)  that  is  part  of  the  great 
artery  of  migration.  Thousands  of  birds  pass  along  the  coast  to  the 
northern  part  of  the  State  of  Veracruz,  Mexico.  Coastal  areas  along 
the  State  of  Tamaulipas  to  the  north  are  arid  and  so  entirely  unsuited 
for  frequenters  of  moist  woodlands  that  it  is  probable  that  much,  or 
all,  of  this  part  of  the  route  for  these  species  is  a  short  distance  off 
shore.  It  is  used  by  such  woodland  species  as  the  golden-winged 
warbler,  the  worm-eating  warbler,  and  the  Kentucky  warbler. 

Pacific  Coast  Route 

Although  it  does  present  features  of  unusual  interest,  the  Pacific 
coast  route  is  not  as  important  as  some  of  the  others  described. 
Because  of  the  equable  conditions  that  prevail,  many  species  of  birds 
along  the  coast  from  the  northwestern  states  to  southeastern  Alaska 
either  do  not  migrate  or  else  make  relatively  short  journeys.  This 
route  has  its  origin  chiefly  in  western  Alaska,  around  the  Yukon 
River  delta.  Some  of  the  scoters  and  other  sea  ducks  of  the  north 
Pacific  region  as  well  as  the  diminutive  cackling  Canada  goose  of  the 
Yukon  River  Delta  use  the  coastal  sea  route  for  all  or  most  of  their 
southward  flight.  The  journey  of  the  cackling  goose,  as  shown  by 
return  records  from  birds  banded  at  Hooper  Bay,  Alaska,  has  been 
traced  southward  across  the  Alaskan  Peninsula  and  apparently 
across  the  Gulf  of  Alaska  to  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.  The  birds 
then  follow  the  coast  line  south  to  near  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia 
River,  where  the  route  swings  toward  the  interior  for  a  short 
distance  before  continuing  south  by  way  of  the  Willamette  River 
Valley.  The  winter  quarters  of  the  cackling  goose  are  chiefly  in  the 
vicinity  of  Tule  Lake,  on  the  Oregon-California  line,  and  in  the 
Sacramento  Valley  of  California,  although  a  few  push  on  to  the  San 
Joaquin  Valley. 

A  tributary  of  this  "flyway"  is  followed  by  Ross'  goose,  which 
breeds  in  the  Perry  River  district  south  of  Queen  Maud  Gulf  and 
other  areas  farther  east  on  the  central  Arctic  coast  of  Canada  (Fig. 
21).  Its  fall  migration  is  southwest  and  south  across  the  barren 
grounds  to  Great  Slave  and  Athabaska  Lakes,  where  it  joins 
thousands  of  other  waterfowl  bound  for  winter  homes  along  the 
eastern  coast  of  the  United  States  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  But  when 
Ross'  geese  have  traveled  south  approximately  to  the  northern 
boundary  of  Montana,  most  of  them  separate  from  their  companions 
and  turn  southwest  across  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  winter  in 
California.  In  recent  years  a  few  Ross'  geese  have  been  found 
wintering  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  along  with  flocks  of  lesser 
snow  geese  and  may  be  correlated  with  an  eastward  extension  of 
their  breeding  range. 

The  southward  route  of  those  migratory  landbirds  of  the  Pacific 
area  that  leave  the  United  States  in  winter  extends  chiefly  through 

76 


the  interior  of  California  to  the  mouth  of  the  Colorado  River  and  on  to 
winter  quarters  in  western  Mexico  (Fig.  18,  routes  6  and  7). 

The  movements  of  the  western  tanager  show  a  migration  route  that 
is  in  some  ways  remarkable.  The  species  breeds  in  the  mountains 
from  the  northern  part  of  Baja  California  and  western  Texas  north  to 
northern  British  Columbia  and  southwestern  Mackenzie.  Its  winter 
range  is  in  two  discontinuous  areas— southern  Baja  California  and 


P    6' 


& 


0» 


r-L  r  ' ^r  'WM>r 

i     T    S      v--<   T  \   r 
i     i  }    \  IH^ 

' -f- -rl -V-'-^7" 


Figure  21.  The  breeding  range,  wintering  range,  and  main  migration  route  of  Ross' 
geese.  This  is  the  only  species  of  which  practically  all  members  breed  in  the  Arctic, 
migrate  south  through  the  Canadian  prairie,  and  upon  reaching  the  United  States, 
turn  to  the  southwest  rather  than  the  southeast.  The  southern  part  of  this  route,  how- 
ever, is  followed  by  some  mallards,  pintails,  wigeons,  and  other  ducks. 


77 


eastern  and  southwestern  Mexico  south  to  Guatemala  (Fig.  22). 
During  spring  migration  the  birds  appear  first  in  western  Texas  and 
the  southern  parts  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  about  April  20  (Fig. 
23).  By  April  30  the  vanguard  has  advanced  evenly  to  an 
approximate  east-west  line  across  central  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  and 


Figure  22.  Breeding  and  wintering  ranges  of  the  western  tanager.  See  Fig.  23  for  the 
spring  route  taken  by  the  birds  breeding  in  the  northern  part  of  the  range. 

78 


southern  California.  By  May  10  the  easternmost  birds  have  advanced 
only  to  southern  Colorado,  while  those  in  the  far  west  have  reached 
northern  Washington.  Ten  days  later  the  northward  advance  of  the 
species  is  shown  as  a  great  curve,  extending  northeastward  from 
Vancouver  Island  to  central  Alberta  and  thence  southeastward  to 


r--r  -MM3 


Isochronal  Migration  Lines 
Migratbn  Route 


Figure  23.  Migration  of  the  western  tanager.  The  birds  that  arrive  in  eastern  A  Iberta  by 
May  20  do  not  travel  northward  along  the  eastern  base  of  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
because  the  vanguard  has  then  only  reached  northern  Colorado.  Instead  the  isochronal 
lines  indicate  that  they  migrate  north  through  California,  Oregon,  and  Washington 
and  then  cross  the  Rockies  in  British  Columbia. 

79 


northern  Colorado.  Since  these  tanagers  do  not  reach  northern 
Colorado  until  May  20,  it  is  evident  those  present  in  Alberta  on  that 
date,  instead  of  traveling  northward  through  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
their  summer  home,  actually  reached  there  by  a  route  that  carried 
them  west  of  the  Rockies  to  southern  British  Columbia  and  thence 
eastward  across  the  still  snowy  northern  Rocky  Mountains. 

Pacific  Oceanic  Route    

The  Pacific  oceanic  route  is  used  by  the  Pacific  golden  plover, 
bristle-thighed  curlew,  ruddy  turnstone,  wandering  tattler  and 
other  shorebirds.  The  ruddy  turnstone,  and  probably  other 
shorebirds,  migrating  from  the  islands  of  the  Bering  Sea,  have  an 
elliptical  route  that  takes  them  southward  via  the  islands  of  the 
central  Pacific  and  northward  along  the  Asiatic  coast.  In  addition, 
many  seabirds  that  breed  on  far  northern  and  southern  coasts  or 
islands  migrate  up  and  down  the  Pacific  well  away  from  land  except 
when  the  breeding  season  approaches. 

The  Pacific  golden  plover  breeds  chiefly  in  the  Arctic  coast  region 
of  Siberia  and  in  a  more  limited  area  on  the  Alaskan  coast.  Some  of 
the  birds  probably  migrate  south  via  the  continent  of  Asia  to  winter 
quarters  in  Japan,  China,  India,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  and 
Oceania.  Others  evidently  go  south  by  way  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  to  the 
Hawaiian  Islands  and  other  islands  of  the  central  and  southern 
Pacific.  Migrating  golden  plovers  have  been  observed  at  sea  on  a  line 
that  apparently  extends  from  Hawaii  to  the  Aleutian  Islands;  it 
appears  certain  some  of  the  Alaskan  birds  make  a  nonstop  flight 
across  the  sea  from  Alaska  to  Hawaii.  While  it  would  seem  incredible 
that  any  birds  could  lay  a  course  so  accurately  as  to  land  on  these 
small  isolated  oceanic  islands,  2,000  miles  south  of  the  Aleutians, 
2,000  miles  west  of  Baja  California,  and  nearly  4,000  miles  east  of 
Japan,  the  evidence  admits  only  the  conclusion  that  year  after  year 
this  transoceanic  round-trip  journey  between  Alaska  and  Hawaii  is 
made  by  considerable  numbers  of  golden  plovers. 

Arctic  Routes 

Some  Arctic  nesting  birds  retreat  only  a  short  distance  south  in  the 
winter.  These  species  include  the  red-legged  kittiwake,  Ross'  gull, 
emperor  goose,  and  various  eiders.  The  latter  group  of  ducks  winter 
well  south  of  their  nesting  areas  but  nevertheless  remain  farther 
north  than  do  the  majority  of  other  species  of  ducks.  The  routes 
followed  by  these  birds  are  chiefly  parallel  to  the  coast  and  may  be 
considered  as  being  tributary  either  to  the  Atlantic  or  Pacific  coast 
routes.  The  heavy  passage  of  gulls,  ducks,  black  brants,  and  other 
water  birds  at  Point  Barrow,  Alaska,  and  other  points  on  the  Arctic 
coast,  has  been  noted  by  many  observers.  The  best  defined  Arctic 
route  in  North  America  is  the  one  following  the  coast  of  Alaska. 

A  migration  route,  therefore,  may  be  anything  from  a  narrow  path 
closely  adhering  to  some  definite  geographical  feature,  such  as  a 
river  valley  or  a  coastline,  to  a  broad  boulevard  that  leads  in  the 


desired  direction  and  follows  only  the  general  trend  of  the  land  mass. 
Oceanic  routes  appear  to  be  special  cases  that  are  not  fully 
understood  at  the  present  time.  Also  it  must  be  remembered  that  all 
the  main  routes  contain  a  multitude  of  tributary  and  separate  minor 
routes.  In  fact,  with  the  entire  continent  of  North  America  crossed  by 
migratory  birds,  the  different  groups  or  species  frequently  follow 
lines  that  may  repeatedly  intersect  those  taken  by  others  of  their  own 
kind  or  by  other  species.  The  arterial  or  trunk  routes,  therefore,  must 
be  considered  merely  as  indicating  paths  of  migration  on  which  the 
tendency  to  concentrate  is  particularly  noticeable. 


81 


PATTERNS  OF  MIGRATION 


Band  recoveries,  netting  records,  and  personal  observations  help 
us  to  critically  examine  migration  routes  and  probe  deeper  into  the 
origin  and  evolution  of  these  pathways.  We  are  beginning  to  realize 
certain  deviations  occur  from  the  "normal"  north  and  south 
movements  expected  in  most  species.  In  the  previous  section  on 
routes,  we  touched  briefly  on  the  fact  that  some  routes  are  not 
poleward  at  all,  but  in  some  other  direction.  We  know  that  many 
migrants  do  not  stop  at  the  exact  localities  year  after  year  but  they 
probably  do  follow  the  same  general  course  each  season.  After  many 
years  of  observations  a  pattern  emerges  for  that  population,  species, 
or  group  of  species.  In  this  section  we  would  like  to  take  a  closer  look 
at  some  of  the  interesting  patterns  (or  "eccentric  routes"  as  Cook 
(1915a)  referred  to  them)  in  migration  that  birds  are  annually  to 
travel  from  breeding  to  wintering  grounds  and  back  again.  In  many 
cases,  the  causative  agents  are  unknown  or  pure  conjecture,  but  in 
others,  sound  biological  principles  can  be  put  forth  that  may  indicate 
why  a  particular  species  could  have  evolved  the  specific  pattern  it 
exhibits. 

Loops 

Many  species  do  not  return  north  in  the  spring  over  the  same  route 
they  used  in  the  fall;  rather,  they  fly  around  an  enormous  loop  or 
ellipse.  Cook  (1915a)  considered  food  as  the  primary  factor  in 
determining  the  course  birds  took  between  winter  and  summer 
ranges.  Individuals  that  returned  by  the  same  route  and  did  not  find 
sufficient  food  for  their  needs  at  that  time  were  eliminated  from  the 
population,  and  only  progeny  from  individuals  that  took  a 
different  course  with  sufficient  food  lived  to  build  the  tradition  of  a 
loop  migration.  Other  investigators  consider  prevailing  winds  a 
major  factor  in  the  evolution  of  loop  migration.  Whatever  the  reason 
may  be,  it  has  most  likely  evolved  separately  in  each  species  to  satisfy 
its  particular  needs,  and  the  fact  that  this  pattern  occurs  all  over  the 
world  in  completely  unrelated  species  is  a  good  illustration  of 
convergent  evolution. 

The  annual  flight  of  adult  golden  plovers  is  so  unusual,  it  will  be 
given  in  some  detail.  The  species  is  observed  by  hundreds  of  bird 
watchers  every  year  and  it  well  illustrates  loop  migration  (Fig.  24). 

In  the  fall,  the  birds  fatten  on  the  multitude  of  berries  along  the 
coasts  of  Labrador  and  Nova  Scotia,  then  depart  south  over  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  to  South  America.  After  reaching  the  South 
American  coast  the  birds  make  a  short  stop,  then  continue  overland 
to  the  pampas  of  Argentina,  where  they  remain  from  September  to 

82 


Breeding  Range 
Western  Subspecies 

Winter  Range 

Western  Subspecies 

Breeding  Range 

Eastern  Subspecies        American  Golden  Plover 

Winter  Range 
Eastern  Subspecies 


•  •  •  •  +  Migratory  Routes 


Figure  24.  Distribution  and  migration  of  the  American  golden  plover.  Adults  of  the 
eastern  subspecies  migrate  across  northeastern  Canada  and  then  by  a  nonstop  flight 
reach  South  America.  In  spring  they  return  by  way  of  the  Mississippi  Valley.  Their 
entire  route,  therefore,  is  in  the  form  of  a  great  ellipse  with  a  major  axis  of  8,000  miles 
and  a  minor  axis  of  about  2,000  miles.  The  western  subspecies  migrates  across  the 
Pacific  Ocean  to  various  localities  including  the  Hawaiian  and  Marquesas  islands 
and  the  Low  Archipelago. 

83 


March.  When  these  golden  plovers  leave  their  winter  quarters  they 
cross  northwestern  South  America  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  reach 
the  North  American  mainland  on  the  coasts  of  Texas  and  Louisiana. 
Thence  they  proceed  slowly  up  the  Mississippi  Valley  and,  by  the 
early  part  of  June,  are  again  on  their  breeding  grounds,  having 
performed  a  round-trip  journey  in  the  form  of  an  enormous  ellipse 
with  the  minor  axis  about  2,000  miles  and  the  major  axis  8,000  miles 
stretching  from  the  Arctic  tundra  to  the  pampas  of  Argentina.  The 
older  birds  may  be  accompanied  by  some  of  the  young,  but  most  of  the 
immature  birds  leave  their  natal  grounds  late  in  summer  and  move 
southward  through  the  interior  of  the  country,  returning  in  spring 
over  essentially  the  same  course.  The  oceanic  route  is  therefore  used 
chiefly  by  adult  birds. 

A  return  by  the  oceanic  route  in  the  spring  could  be  fatal.  The 
maritime  climate  in  the  Northeast  results  in  foggy  conditions  along 
the  coast  and  the  frozen  soil  would  offer  few  rewards  for  the  weary 
travelers.  By  traveling  up  the  middle  of  the  continent,  a  much  better 
food  supply  is  assured  (Welty  1962). 

Several  North  American  warblers  including  the  Connecticut 
warbler  (Fig.  25)  and  the  western  race  of  the  palm  warbler  have  been 
found  to  follow  circuitous  migration  routes.  The  Connecticut  warbler 
is  not  observed  or  banded  on  the  East  coast  in  spring,  but  it  is 
recorded  farther  inland  during  the  season.  Thus  this  warbler 
proceeds  down  the  East  coast  in  the  fall  and  up  the  interior  of  the 
continent  in  the  spring.  Similarly,  the  western  race  of  the  palm 
warbler  moves  from  its  breeding  grounds  directly  east  to  the 
Appalachian  Mountains  before  turning  south  along  the  coast. 
Television  tower  kills  in  northern  Florida  indicate  the  population  is 
very  concentrated  here  at  this  time  of  year.  In  the  spring  this  race 
also  proceeds  north  through  the  interior.  Graber  (1968)  points  out 
that  the  eastern  race  of  the  palm  warbler  also  proceeds  south  along 
the  coast  in  the  fall  and  poses  this  question:  "does  the  western  popula- 
tion of  this  species  intentionally  move  toward  the  ancestral  range,  or 
is  the  fall  flight  direction  merely  a  consequence  of  the  temperate  zone 
westerly  circulation?" 

Graber  concluded  from  radar  observations  that  the  disparity  in 
seasonal  flight  directions  of  many  migrants  was  a  positive  response  of 
migrants  to  favorable  wind  directions  at  that  time  of  year.  The  east- 
oriented  transgulf  migrants  followed  an  elliptical  migration  because 
postfrontal  air  flow  in  the  fall  at  latitude  40°  N  is  northwesterly,  and, 
in  the  spring  southerly;  whereas  winds  over  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  are 
consistently  easterly  or  southeasterly.  Therefore,  transgulf  migrants 
returning  north  in  the  spring  would  be  moved  westward  across  the 
Gulf  unless  they  compensated  for  wind  drift.  Observers  were  not 
aware  of  high-altitude  drift  before  radar  (Bellrose  and  Graber  1963). 

Numerous  other  loop  migrations  have  been  documented  through- 
out the  world.  In  the  fall,  the  short-tailed  shearwater,  is  observed  off 
the  west  coast  of  North  America  as  far  south  as  California.  At  this 
time  the  species  is  on  the  eastern  leg  of  a  tremendous  figure-eight 

84 


/   i  j 

/     V- _r i 


-— 


Fall  Migration  Route  South 
Overlapping  Spring  and  Fall 


Migration  Routes 

Spring  Migration  Route  North 


Figure  25.  Breeding  range  and  migration  routes  of  the  Connecticut  warbler.  From  the 
breeding  range  in  northern  United  States  and  southern  Canada,  it  migrates  east  in 
the  fall  to  New  England,  then  south  along  the  Atlantic  coast  to  Florida  and  across  the 
West  Indies  to  winter  in  South  America.  In  the  spring  it  does  not  return  by  the  same 
route  but  rather  completes  a  loop  by  migrating  northwest  across  the  Allegheny  Moun- 
tains and  the  Mississippi  Valley  (Adapted  from  Cooke  1915a). 

85 


circuit  around  the  Pacific  Ocean  (Fig.  26).  The  subalpine  warbler 
and  red-backed  shrikes  perform  loop  migrations  between  Europe 
and  Africa.  Both  pass  much  farther  to  the  east  in  the  spring  than  in 
the  fall  (Moreau  1961).  The  Arctic  loon  travels  south  across  inland 
Russia  to  southern  Europe  but  returns  to  its  Arctic  breeding  grounds 
via  the  Gulf  Stream  on  the  sea  because  this  water  is  open  much 
earlier  in  the  spring  than  the  inland  waterways  (Welty  1962). 


Bass  Strait  Breeding  Area 
Migration  Route 
Museum  Specimen 


Short -Tailed  Shearwater 


Figure  26.  Migration  route  of  the  short-tailed  shearwater.  An  example  of  an  incredi- 
bly large  loop  migration  pattern  in  a  pelagic  species.  Breeding  adults  return  to  two 
islands  in  Bass  Strait  during  the  last  part  of  October  after  completing  a  figure-eight 
circuit  of  the  northern  Pacific  Ocean  (From  Serventy  1953). 

86 


Dog-legs 

Dog-leg  migration  patterns  are  characterized  by  a  prominent  bend 
or  twist  in  the  route.  Studies  have  shown  some  of  these  illogical,  out- 
of-the-way  means  for  connecting  wintering  and  breeding  areas  have 
no  biological  function,  but  instead,  are  the  result  of  tradition  much 
like  the  lineage  of  crooked  streets  in  Boston  can  be  traced  back  to  old 
cowpaths  (Welty  1962).  Many  species  have  extended  their  range  in 
recent  years,  but  the  pioneers  continue  to  retrace  the  old  route  from 
the  point  of  origin  even  if  the  new  areas  are  not  on  the  same  axis  as  the 
earlier  route.  The  old  pathways  have  apparently  become  implanted 
as  part  of  the  migratory  instinct  in  all  members  of  particular 
populations  even  after  extending  their  ranges  considerable  distances 
from  the  original. 

Good  examples  of  this  crooked  traditional  path  can  be  seen  in  the 
routes  taken  by  Old  World  species  extending  their  ranges  into  the 
New  World  from  Europe  and  Asia.  The  European  wheatear  has 
extended  its  range  into  Greenland  and  Labrador  where  the  local 
breeding  population  has  become  a  separate  race.  When  the  Labrador 
individuals  depart  from  their  breeding  grounds,  they  proceed  north 
to  Greenland,  their  ancestral  home,  then  west  to  Europe  and  south  to 
Africa,  the  traditional  wintering  area  for  all  wheatears.  Alaskan 
breeding  wheatears  migrate  to  Africa  in  the  opposite  direction  via 
Asia  where  the  Alaskan  population  presumably  originated.  Alaskan 
breeding  Arctic  and  willow  warblers  and  bluethroats  also  migrate 
westward  into  Siberia  and  then  southward  on  the  Asiatic  side.  Some 
investigators  believe  the  Arctic  tern  colonized  the  New  World  from 
Europe  because  when  this  bird  departs  for  the  south  it  first  crosses 
the  Atlantic  to  Europe,  then  moves  down  the  eastern  Atlantic  coast  to 
Africa  and  either  back  across  the  Atlantic  to  South  America  or 
continues  south  down  past  South  Africa  (Fig.  11).  To  get  to  South 
America  from  the  eastern  Arctic,  it  would  be  shorter  to  follow  the 
golden  plover's  flight  path  straight  down  the  Atlantic  or  along  the 
east  coast  of  the  United  States  but  the  fact  that  no  Arctic  terns  have 
been  observed  in  the  Caribbean  indicates  that  they  do  no  follow  that 
route. 

In  western  United  States,  California  gulls  nest  in  various  colonies 
around  Great  Salt  Lake  and  Yellowstone  Park.  Banding  records 
indicate  these  populations  winter  along  the  California  coast  (Fig.  27). 
Instead  of  traveling  southwest  by  the  shortest  distance  to  the 
wintering  grounds,  they  proceed  longitudinally  down  the  Snake  and 
Columbia  Rivers  and  reach  the  coast  around  Vancouver  ( Woodbury 
et  al.  1946).  Thence  they  proceed  south  along  the  coast  to  Oregon  and 
California.  In  the  spring  the  adults  return  over  the  same  course 
rather  than  taking  the  shorter  flight  northeast  in  April  across  the 
deserts  and  mountains;  this  route  would  be  largely  made  over  a  cold 
and  inhospitable  country  (Oldaker  1961). 

Sladen  (1973)  has  mapped  the  migration  routes  of  whistling  swans, 
and  several  dog-leg  patterns  are  apparent  in  the  eastern  and  western 

87 


Wintering  Ground 
•  •  •    Migratory  Route 
Band  Recovery 
Yellowstone  Area 


Figure  27.  Migration  route  and  wintering  grounds  of  California  gulls  banded  in  north- 
western Wyoming.  During  fall  migration,  the  birds  proceed  west  from  the  breeding 
grounds  to  the  Pacific  Ocean  before  turning  south  to  wintering  areas  in  California.  A 
more  direct  route  across  Nevada  would  entail  a  trip  through  relatively  barren  country 
(After  Diem  and  Condon  1967). 


populations  (Fig.  28).  In  the  eastern  population,  a  sharp  change  in 
direction  occurs  at  their  major  feeding  and  resting  areas  in  North 
Dakota.  After  the  birds  arrive  from  the  Arctic  breeding  grounds, 
they  proceed  east-southeast  to  their  wintering  grounds  on 
Chesapeake  Bay.  In  the  western  population,  thousands  of  birds 
migrate  from  the  Alaskan  breeding  grounds  to  the  large  marshes 
along  Great  Salt  Lake.  Then  after  a  major  stopover,  this  population 
heads  west  over  the  mountains  to  California. 


Fall  Migration  of 
Western  Population 


Fall  Migration  of 
Eastern  Population 


Figure  28.  Distribution  and  migration  routes  of  whistling  swans  in  North  America. 
Birds  from  the  central  arctic  head  south  to  North  Dakota  before  proceeding  east  to 
Chesapeake  Bay,  while  many  Alaskan  breeders  migrate  to  Great  Salt  Lake  before 
turning  west  to  winter  in  California  (After  Sladen,  1973). 

89 


Pelagic  Wandering 

Many  of  the  pelagic  birds  observed  off  our  coasts  or  at  sea  appear  to 
be  nomadic  when  they  are  not  breeding.  These  movements  are  not 
necessarily  at  random  because  there  is  usually  a  seasonal  shift  in  the 
population,  often  for  great  distances  and  in  specific  directions,  away 
from  the  breeding  area  after  completion  of  the  nesting  cycle.  Also  the 
return  from  the  sea  to  nesting  areas  is  at  a  definite  time  of  year.  This 
may  not  be  true  migration  in  the  classical  sense  (Thomson  1964), 
although  it  is  similar  in  most  respects. 

Because  of  the  extensive  and  often  inhospitable  habitat  of  pelagic 
birds  (to  human  observers  at  least),  observations  on  their  movements 
are  difficult  at  best  and  accurate  records  are  few.  We  do  know  some  of 
these  species  have  regular  routes  (e.g.,  Arctic  terns)  and  specific 
patterns  of  migration  (e.g.,  the  loop  in  the  short-tailed  shearwater). 
As  more  knowledge  is  accumulated  on  the  "nomadic"  species,  we  may 
actually  find  they  too  have  regular  migration  routes  based  on 
biological  needs. 

Movements  of  some  of  the  tubenoses  (Order  Procellariiformes,  that 
includes  albatrosses,  fulmars,  shearwaters,  and  petrels)  have  been 
correlated  with  ocean  currents,  prevailing  winds,  temperatures,  and 
general  water  fertility  (Kuroda  1957;  Shuntov  1968;  Fisher  and 
Fisher  1972).  Commercial  fishermen  have  long  known  ocean 
currents  are  very  important  factors  in  the  supply  of  nutrients, 
plankton,  and  forage  fish  for  larger  fish.  These  same  foodstuffs  often 
attract  pelagic  birds  as  evidenced  by  the  tremendous  concentrations 
that  occur  off  the  Peruvian  coasts  where  the  upwelling  of  cold 
nutrient-bearing  water  is  evident.  Kuroda  (1957)  found  some  fine 
correlations  between  the  route  of  the  short-tailed  shearwater  and 
ocean  currents.  Likewise  Shuntov  (1968)  found  the  migratory  routes 
of  albatrosses  were  over  temperate  marine  waters  of  high  biological 
productivity.  The  Laysan  albatross  was  correlated  with  cold 
currents,  while  the  black-footed  albatross  occurred  over  warm 
currents.  Many  Southern  Hemisphere  pelagic  species  have  been 
extremely  successful  in  exploiting  rich  northern  waters  during 
the  summer;  the  group  is  probably  the  most  abundant  and 
widespread  in  the  world  (Bourne  1956). 

Leap-frogging 

When  two  or  more  races  of  the  same  species  occupy  different 
breeding  ranges  on  the  same  axis  as  migratory  flight,  the  races 
breeding  the  farthest  north  often  winter  the  farthest  south.  Thus,  a 
northern  race  "leap-frogs"  over  the  breeding  and  wintering  range  of 
the  southern  populations.  This  has  been  well  documented  in  the  fox 
sparrow  discussed  previously  (Fig.  10)  and  is  exhibited  by  races  of 
Canada  geese  breeding  in  central  Canada  as  well.  One  of  the  smaller 
races  of  this  goose  breeds  along  the  Arctic  coast  of  the  Northwest 
Territories  and  winters  on  the  Gulf  coast  of  Texas  and  northeastern 
Mexico,  while  a  much  larger  race  breeds  in  the  central  United  States 
and  Canada  but  winters  in  the  central  part  of  the  United  States.  This 

90 


leaping  over  occurs  in  other  species  as  well,  including  the  bluebird 
(Pinkowski  1971). 

Vertical  Migration 

In  the  effort  to  find  winter  quarters  furnishing  satisfactory  living 
conditions,  many  North  American  birds  fly  hundreds  of  miles  across 
land  and  sea.  Others,  however,  are  able  to  attain  their  objectives 
merely  by  moving  down  the  sides  of  a  mountain.  In  such  cases  a  few 
hundred  feet  of  altitude  corresponds  to  hundreds  of  miles  of  latitude. 
Movements  of  this  kind,  known  as  "vertical  migrations,"  are  found 
worldwide  wherever  there  are  large  mountain  ranges.  Aristotle  first 
mentions  vertical  migration:  "Weakly  birds  in  winter  and  in  frosty 
weather  come  down  to  the  plains  for  warmth,  and  in  summer  migrate 
to  the  hills  for  coolness  .  .  ."(Dorst  1962).  The  number  of  species  that 
can  perform  this  type  of  migration  pattern  is  obviously  limited  to 
those  species  adapted  to  breeding  in  alpine  areas. 

In  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  vertical  migrations  are  particularly 
notable.  Chickadees,  rosy  finches,  juncos,  pine  grosbeaks,  William- 
son's sapsuckers,  and  western  wood  pewees  nest  at  high  altitudes  and 
move  down  to  the  lower  levels  to  spend  the  winter.  The  dark-eyed 
juncos  breeding  in  the  Great  Smoky  Mountains  make  a  vertical 
migration,  but  other  members  of  the  species,  breeding  in  flatter 
areas,  make  an  annual  north-south  migration  of  hundreds  of  miles 
(Van  Tyne  and  Berger  1959).  There  is  a  distinct  tendency  among  the 
young  of  mountain-breeding  birds  to  work  down  to  the  lower  levels  as 
soon  as  the  nesting  season  is  over.  The  sudden  increases  among  birds 
in  the  edges  of  the  foothills  are  particularly  noticeable  when  cold 
spells  with  snow  or  frost  occur  at  the  higher  altitudes.  In  the  Dead 
Sea  area  of  the  Middle  East,  some  birds  that  breed  in  this  extremely 
hot  desert  move  up  into  the  surrounding  cooler  hill  during  the  winter 
(Thomson  1964). 

The  vertical  migrations  of  some  mountain  dwelling  gallinaceous 
birds  (mountain  quail  and  blue  grouse)  are  quite  interesting  because 
the  annual  journey  from  breeding  to  wintering  grounds  is  made  on 
foot.  Mountain  quail  make  this  downward  trek  quite  early  in  the  fall 
well  before  any  snows  can  prevent  them  from  reaching  their  goal. 
Blue  grouse  perform  essentially  the  same  journey  in  reverse.  During 
midwinter,  these  birds  can  be  found  near  timberline  eating  spruce 
buds  protruding  above  the  snow. 

These  illustrations  show  that  the  length  and  direction  of  a 
migration  route  are  adapted  to  the  needs  for  survival  and  are  met  in 
some  cases  by  a  short  vertical  movement  or  great  latitudinal  travels 
in  others. 

Pre-migratory  Movements 

Recent  banding  studies  have  demonstrated  many  migrants, 
especially  young  of  the  year,  have  a  tendency  to  disperse  after 
fledging.  These  premigatory  movements  have  also  been  called  "post- 
fledging  dispersal,"  "reverse  migration,"  and  "postbreeding  north- 

91 


ward  migration."  Demonstration  of  this  phenomenon  is  especially 
important  as  it  relates  to  locality-faithfulness  (Ortstreue),  range 
extension,  and  gene  mixture  between  populations.  These  movements 
cannot  be  considered  as  true  migrations  even  though  they  are 
repeated  annually  by  the  species  between  breeding  grounds  and 
some  other  area.  These  movements  are  generally  repeated  by  the 
same  age  class  in  the  population  but  not  the  same  individuals. 

Nevertheless,  these  regular  northward  movements  are  quite 
striking,  especially  in  herons.  The  young  of  some  species  commonly 
wander  late  in  the  summer  and  fall  for  several  hundred  miles  north 
of  the  district  in  which  they  were  hatched.  Young  little  blue  herons  as 
well  as  great  and  snowy  egrets  are  conspicuous  in  the  East  as  far 
north  as  New  England  and  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  to  southeastern 
Kansas  and  Illinois.  Black-crowned  night  herons  banded  in  a  large 
colony  at  Barnstable,  Massachusetts,  have  been  recaptured  the  same 
season  northward  to  Maine  and  Quebec  and  westward  to  New  York. 
In  September  most  of  them  return  to  the  south. 

These  movements  have  been  noted  in  several  other  species  as  well. 
Broley  (1947)  nicely  illustrated  this  northward  movement  of  bald 
eagles  along  the  Atlantic  coast  (Fig.  29).  Birds  banded  as  nestlings  in 
Florida  have  been  retaken  that  summer  1,500  miles  away  in  Canada. 
Van  Tyne  and  Berger  (1959)  surmised  the  summer  heat  of  Florida 
was  too  great  for  this  eagle,  a  northern  species  that  has  only  recently 
spread  into  Florida  to  take  advantage  of  abundant  food  and  nesting 
sites,  which  it  exploits  during  the  cooler  season.  Postbreeding 
northward  movements  are  also  shared  by  wood  ducks,  yellow- 
breasted  chats,  eastern  bluebirds,  and  white  pelicans. 

A  somewhat  different  type  of  postbreeding  migration  is  the  so- 
called  "molt  migration"  exhibited  by  many  species  of  waterfowl 
(Salomonsen  1968).  These  birds  may  travel  considerable  distances 
away  from  their  nesting  area  to  traditional  molting  sites  where  they 
spend  the  flightless  period  of  the  eclipse  plumage.  At  such  times  they 
may  move  well  into  the  breeding  ranges  of  other  geographic  races  of 
their  species.  These  movements  may  be  governed  by  the  availability 
of  food  and  are  counteracted  in  fall  by  a  directive  migratory  impulse 
that  carries  those  birds  that  attained  more  northern  latitudes  after 
the  nesting  period,  back  to  their  normal  wintering  homes  in  the 
south. 

Vagrant  Migration 

The  occasional  great  invasions  beyond  the  limits  of  their  normal 
range  of  certain  birds  associated  with  the  far  North  are  quite 
different  from  migration  patterns  discussed  previously.  Classic 
examples  of  such  invasions  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  country  are  the 
periodic  flights  of  crossbills.  Sometimes  these  migrations  will  extend 
well  south  into  the  southern  States. 

Snowy  owls  are  noted  for  occasional  invasions  that  have  been 
correlated  with  periodic  declines  in  lemmings,  a  primary  food 
resource  of  northern  predators.  According  to  Gross  (1947),  24  major 

92 


invasions  occurred  between  1833  and  1945.  The  interval  between 
these  varied  from  2  to  14  years,  but  nearly  half  (11)  were  at  intervals 
of  4  years.  A  great  flight  occurred  in  the  winter  of  1926-27  when  more 
than  1,000  records  were  received  from  New  England  alone,  but  the 


•  500  Miles 
Nesting  Area 
Northern  Recoveries 


Fi(ju  re  29.  Northern  recoveries  of  young  bald  eagles  banded  as  nestlings  in  Florida.  The 
birds  sometimes  "migrate"  over  1,500  miles  up  the  coast  during  their  first  summer 

before  returning  south  (From  Broleij  1947). 

93 


largest  on  record  was  in  1945-46  when  the  "Snowy  Owl  Committee"  of 
the  American  Ornithologists'  Union  received  reports  of  13,502  birds, 
of  which  4,443  were  reported  killed.  It  extended  over  the  entire  width 
of  the  continent  from  Washington  and  British  Columbia  to  the 
Atlantic  coast  and  south  to  Nebraska,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Pennsyl- 
vania, and  Maryland.  One  was  taken  as  far  south  as  South  Carolina. 

In  the  Rocky  Mountain  region,  great  flights  of  the  beautiful 
Bohemian  waxwing  are  occasionally  recorded.  The  greatest  invasion 
in  the  history  of  Colorado  ornithology  occurred  in  February  1917, 
when  it  was  estimated  that  at  least  10,000  were  within  the  corporate 
limits  of  the  city  of  Denver.  The  last  previous  occurrence  of  the 
species  in  large  numbers  in  that  section  was  in  1908. 

Evening  grosbeaks  likewise  are  given  to  more  or  less  wandering 
journeys,  and,  curiously  enough,  in  addition  to  occasional  trips  south 
of  their  regular  range,  they  travel  east  and  west  for  considerable 
distances.  For  example,  grosbeaks  banded  at  Sault  Ste.  Marie, 
Michigan,  have  been  recaptured  on  Cape  Cod,  Massachusetts,  and  in 
the  following  season  were  back  at  the  banding  station.  Banding 
records  and  museum  specimen  identifications  demonstrate  that  this 
east-and-west  trip  across  the  northeastern  part  of  the  country  is 
sometimes  made  also  by  purple  finches,  red  crossbills,  and  mourning 
doves. 


94 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MIGRATION 


The  origin  and  evolution  of  bird  migration  has  been  discussed  in 
ornithological  literature  for  centuries.  As  we  have  seen  from  the 
foregoing  discussion,  migration  exists  in  many  forms  throughout  the 
world  and  probably  arose  to  satisfy  many  different  needs  in  different 
orders  of  birds  at  the  same  time.  New  pattens,  traditions,  and 
routes  are  arising  today  as  well  as  disappearing.  Currently,  the 
migration  patterns  we  see  are  a  composite  result  of  historic 
influences  mixed  with  present  day  influences.  Even  though  the 
migration  of  several  different  species  may  be  very  similar,  the 
patterns  exhibited  today  can  be  the  result  of  quite  different 
evolutionary  processes.  Because  it  cannot  be  substantiated  by 
experimental  facts,  any  explanation  of  how  a  particular  pattern  or 
route  originates  is  pure  conjecture. 

The  general  anatomical  and  physiological  attributes  of  birds 
enable  them  to  develop  more  diverse  and  spectacular  migratory 
behavior  than  any  other  group  of  animals.  Their  potential  for  long 
sustained  flights  is  of  primary  importance  in  pre-adapting  birds  to 
successful  migrations.  Migration  has  long  since  become  a  definite 
hereditary  habit  of  many  species  of  birds  that  recurs  in  annual  cycles, 
evidently  because  of  physiological  changes  which  prompt  a  search 
for  an  environment  suitable  for  reproduction  and  survival.  Like  the 
bird's  other  habits  its  migratory  behavior  is  just  as  characteristic  as 
the  color  of  its  plumage  and,  like  it,  evolved  through  natural  selection 
because  it  was  advantageous  for  the  survival  of  the  population.  Its 
origin  has  been  thought  by  some  to  be  a  mystery  locked  in  past  ages, 
but  by  study  of  the  history  of  how  birds  came  to  occupy  their  present 
ranges,  information  becomes  available  which  suggests  theories  that 
may  be  developed  and  explored.  Two  that  are  commonly  mentioned 
are  termed  the  "Northern  Ancestral  Home  Theory"  and  the 
"Southern  Ancestral  Home  Theory." 

According  to  the  former  of  these  hypotheses,  in  earlier  ages  when 
conditions  of  climate,  food,  and  habitat  were  favorable  for  existence 
of  birds  throughout  the  year  much  further  north  than  is  the  case 
today,  many  species  remained  in  these  nothern  latitudes  as 
permanent  residents.  Today,  such  conditions  are  found  only  in  more 
southern  regions  where  migrations  are  much  shorter  or  nonexistent. 
Gradually,  however,  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  the  glacial  ice 
fields  advanced  southward,  causing  a  southward  movement  of 
conditions  favorable  to  northern  birds,  until  finally  all  bird  life  was 
confined  to  southern  latitudes.  As  the  ages  passed,  the  ice  cap 
gradually  retreated,  and  each  spring  the  birds  whose  ancestral  home 
had  been  in  the  North  moved  in  again  to  fill  newly  opened  breeding 

95 


habitat  only  to  be  driven  south  again  at  the  approach  of  winter.  As  the 
size  of  the  ice-covered  area  diminished,  the  journeys  to  the  summer 
breeding  areas  became  even  longer  until  eventually  the  climatic 
conditions  of  the  present  age  became  established,  and  with  them, 
present  patterns  of  the  annual  advance  and  retreat  we  call  migration. 

The  opposing  theory  is  simpler  in  some  respects  and  supposes  the 
ancenstral  home  of  Northern  Hemisphere  migratory  birds  was  in  the 
Tropics.  As  all  bird  life  tends  to  overpopulation,  there  was  a  constant 
effort  of  young  individuals  to  pioneer  and  seek  breeding  grounds 
where  competition  was  less  severe.  Species  better  adapted  to  more 
northern  latitudes  moved  in  that  direction  for  nesting  but  were  kept 
in  check  by  the  glacial  ice  and  forced  to  return  southward  with  the 
recurrence  of  winter  conditions.  Gradually,  as  the  ice  retreated,  vast 
areas  of  virgin  country  became  successively  suitable  for  summer 
occupancy,  but  the  winter  habitat  in  the  South  remained  the  home  to 
which  the  birds  returned  after  the  nesting  season. 

The  above  two  theories  presume  that  the  Quaternary  glaciations, 
which  occurred  10,000  to  1  million  years  ago,  have  been  the 
predominate  influence  on  bird  migration  in  North  America  and 
Europe  as  we  observe  it  today.  There  is  no  doubt  these  extreme 
climatic  and  ecologic  barriers  played  a  part  in  shaping  or  modifying 
some  patterns,  but  as  Moreau  (1951)  has  pointed  out,  well-developed 
migrations  occur  in  parts  of  the  world,  including  the  Southern 
Hemisphere  or  even  within  the  tropics,  where  continental  glaciation 
was  not  a  factor.  Furthermore,  migrations  to  fit  various  needs  have 
probably  been  going  on  ever  since  birds  could  fly.  The  tremendous 
Pleistocene  glaciations  actually  occupied  less  than  a  hundreth  of  the 
time  birds  have  existed  on  the  earth  and  probably  only  determined 
the  details  of  migrations  as  we  see  them  today  (Moreau  1951). 

The  northern  and  southern  ancestral  home  theories  appear 
diametrically  opposed  to  each  other  but  Dorst  (1963)  concludes  they 
are  perfectly  compatible.  Since  the  phenomena  probably  occurred 
simultaneously,  northern  migrants  then  originated  from  two  stocks: 
the  North  Temperate  Zone  birds  sought  refuge  to  the  south  during 
the  glacial  periods  and  the  tropical  avifauna  expanded  their  range 
during  the  interglacial  periods.  Dorst  also  stated  this  double  origin  is 
more  prevalent  in  North  America  where  the  tropical  element  is  most 
abundant.  Birds  representing  this  element  include  hummingbirds, 
tyrant  flycatchers,  orioles,  tanagers,  and  blackbirds.  At  some 
latitudes,  they  nest  in  the  same  area  as  the  shorebirds  which  are  of 
arctic  parental  stock. 

These  theories  assume  migration  is  a  genetic,  inherited  character, 
but  we  now  know  in  some  species  it  can  be  modified  in  the  lifetime  of 
one  individual  and  the  place  some  individuals  return  to  nest  or  winter 
is  not  the  ancestral  home  but  a  place  to  which  they  had  been 
transported  at  an  early  stage  in  their  development.  Traditions  that 
have  lived  for  countless  generations  may  die  overnight  if  experienced 
individuals  are  lost  or  no  longer  active  (Hochbaum  1955);  migration 
patterns  remain  constant  only  as  long  as  the  factors  influencing  these 

96 


patterns  remain  constant.  But  the  landscape  and  the  interacting 
ecological  stresses  are  forever  changing,  and  we  would  expect  the 
adaptive  behavior  of  birds  to  respond  with  them.  One  of  these 
responses  to  an  expanding  habitat  is  colonization  of  new  territory  and 
expansion  of  a  species'  range  with  accompanying  development  of  a 
migratory  habit.  The  search  for  favorable  conditions  under  which  to 
breed  in  summer  and  to  feed  in  winter,  as  influenced  by  competition 
for  space,  has  been  the  principal  factor  underlying  the  extension  of 
ranges,  usually  by  young,  nonconditioned  individuals.  This  is 
exemplified  by  the  northward  extension  in  historic  times  of  a  number 
of  species.  Many  of  these  range  extensions  have  closely  followed 
man's  settlement  of  the  area  and  the  subsequent  changes  in  habitat 
that  man  has  made. 

From  the  previous  descriptions  of  migration  patterns  and  routes,  it 
will  be  observed  that  the  general  trend  of  migration  in  most  northern 
populations  of  North  American  birds  is  northwest  and  southeast. 
Eastern  species  tend  to  extend  their  ranges  by  pushing  westward, 
particularly  in  the  North.  For  example,  in  the  Stikine  River  Valley  of 
northern  British  Columbia  and  southwestern  Alaska  the  common 
nighthawk,  chipping  sparrow,  rusty  blackbird,  yellow  warbler, 
American  redstart,  and  others  have  established  breeding  stations  at 
points  20  to  100  miles  from  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  northern  race  of 
the  American  robin,  common  flickers,  dark-eyed  juncos,  blackpoll 
warblers,  yellow-rumped  warblers,  and  ovenbirds,  all  common 
eastern  species,  also  are  established  as  breeding  birds  in  western 
Alaska.  The  ovenbird  has  even  been  detected  on  the  lower  Yukon 
River,  and  the  sandhill  crane  and  gray-cheeked  thrush  have  moved 
across  Bering  Strait  into  Siberia.  These  birds  continue  to  migrate 
through  the  eastern  part  of  the  continent.  Instead  of  taking  the 
shortest  route  south,  they  retrace  the  direction  of  their  westward 
expansion  and  move  southward  along  the  same  avenues  as  their  more 
eastern  relatives. 

The  red-eyed  vireo  is  essentially  an  inhabitant  of  states  east  of  the 
Great  Plains,  but  an  arm  of  its  breeding  range  extends  northwest  to 
the  Pacific  coast  in  British  Columbia  (Fig.  30).  It  seems  evident  this  is 
a  range  extension  that  has  taken  place  comparatively  recently  by  a 
westward  movement  via  deciduous  woodland  corridors,  and  the 
invaders  retrace  in  spring  and  fall  the  general  route  by  which  they 
originally  entered  the  country. 

In  the  case  of  the  bobolink,  a  new  extension  of  the  breeding  range 
and  a  subsequent  change  in  the  migration  of  the  species  has  taken 
place  since  settlement  by  European  man  (Fig.  19).  Because  the 
bobolink  is  a  bird  of  damp  meadows,  it  was  originally  cut  off  from  the 
Western  States  by  the  intervening  arid  regions,  but  with  the  advent 
of  irrigation  and  the  bringing  of  large  areas  under  cultivation,  small 
colonies  of  nesting  bobolinks  appeared  at  various  western  points. 
Now  the  species  is  established  as  a  regular  breeder  in  the  great 
mountain  parks  and  irrigated  valleys  of  Colorado  and  elsewhere 
almost  to  the  Pacific  coast.  These  western  pioneers  must  fly  long 

97 


Breeding  Range 
Winter  Range 
Migration  Limits 


Figure  30.  Distribution  and  migration  of  the  red-eyed  vireo.  It  is  evident  that  the  red- 
eyed  vireo  has  only  recently  invaded  Washington  by  an  extension  of  its  breeding  range 
almost  due  west  from  the  upper  Missouri  Valley.  Like  the  bobolink  (Fig.  19),  however, 
the  western  breeders  do  not  take  the  short  cut  south  or  southeast  from  their  nesting 
grounds  but  migrate  spring  and  fall  along  the  route  traveled  in  making  the  extension. 

98 


distances  east  and  west  to  reach  the  western  edge  of  the  route 
followed  by  the  bulk  of  the  bobolinks  that  breed  in  the  northern 
United  States  and  southern  Canada. 

During  the  past  few  decades,  various  populations  of  Canada  geese 
have  altered  their  migration  patterns  as  a  result  of  transplanting 
brood  stock,  development  of  refuges  or  changing  agricultural 
practices.  These  routes  will  continue  tachange  in  the  coming  years  as 
long  as  these  factors  are  in  a  state  of  flux.  It  has  been  shown 
that  man  can  establish  breeding  colonies  of  Canada  geese  with  young 
birds  almost  anywhere. 

Europe  also  has  several  good  examples  of  changes  in  migration 
routes  through  range  extension.  One  of  the  best  examples  is  the  serin. 
During  the  past  century,  this  European  finch  has  spread  its  breeding 
range  from  around  the  Mediterranean  Sea  to  include  the  entire 
continent.  While  the  Mediterranean  populations  remain  sedentary, 
the  more  northern  breeding  birds  are  migratory.  Most  likely,  those 
birds  that  did  not  migrate  from  the  North  were  eliminated  by  severe 
weather.  Similarly,  the  wheatear,  yellow  wagtail,  and  Arctic 
warbler  have  extended  their  breeding  ranges  eastward  across  the 
Bering  Sea  into  Alaska,  but  the  wheatear,  for  instance,  migrates  all 
the  way  back  across  Asia  to  Africa  where  it  winters  with  other 
wheatears  coming  from  Europe,  Iceland,  and  Greenland. 

As  bird  populations  become  more  and  more  migratory,  we  might 
expect  their  flight  capabilities  to  be  enhanced  accordingly.  These 
changes  in  morphology  are  readily  seen  in  wing  shape.  Several 
groups  of  birds  have  closely  related  species  or  populations  some  of 
which  are  migratory  and  others  sedentary.  The  sedentary  species  or 
populations  have  more  rounded  wings  because  of  the  relative  length 
of  the  wing  quills.  On  the  other  hand,  populations  that  migrate  great 
distances,  such  as  albatrosses,  falcons,  swifts,  various  shorebirds, 
and  terns,  have  more  pointed  wings.  Kipp(1942, 1958)  demonstrated 
this  using  orioles.  The  sedentary  black-headed  oriole  of  India  has  a 
well-rounded  wing  whereas  the  closely  related  black-naped  oriole  is 
migratory  between  India  and  Siberia  and  has  primaries  that  are 
much  more  pointed  and  well  developed. 

Thus  it  seems  the  origin  and  evolution  of  migration  have  roots  in 
the  present  that  are  deep  in  the  past.  The  important  thing  to  consider 
in  the  evolution  of  a  migratory  trait  is  whether  a  population  can  adapt 
to  new  conditions  by  genetic  modification  of  its  physiology  and 
habits.  The  migratory  habit  has  evolved  in  those  populations  in 
which,  on  the  average,  more  individuals  survive  by  moving  to  a 
different  area  part  of  the  year  than  if  they  remained  in  the  same  area 
all  year. 


99 


WHERE  WE  STAND 


The  migration  of  birds  had  its  beginning  in  times  so  remote  its 
origins  have  been  largely  obscured  and  can  be  interpreted  now  only 
in  terms  of  present  conditions.  The  causes  underlying  migration  are 
exceedingly  complex.  The  mystery  that  formerly  cloaked  the 
periodic  travels  of  birds,  however,  has  been  largely  dispelled  through 
the  fairly  complete  information  now  available  concerning  the  extent 
and  times  of  seasonal  journeys  of  most  species.  Many  gaps  still 
remain  in  our  knowledge  of  the  subject,  but  present  knowledge  is 
being  placed  on  record,  and  the  answers  to  many  uncertainties  that 
continue  to  make  bird  migration  one  of  the  most  fascinating  subjects 
in  the  science  of  ornithology  must  be  left  for  future  studies.  In  some 
areas  we  are  on  the  threshold  of  discovery.  More  and  more 
sophisticated  approaches  including  radar,  radio  telemetry,  com- 
puter processing  of  banding  data,  and  physiological  and  behavior 
studies  are  being  developed. 

With  the  widespread  use  of  these  new  techniques,  we  are  beginning 
to  realize  the  benefits,  aside  from  aesthetic  reasons,  for  studying 
migration.  Radar  alone  has  aided  tremendously  in  documenting 
flock  size,  heights,  and  speeds  of  migration  as  well  as  the  descriptions 
and  locations  of  patterns  and  routes  of  specific  migrants  in  relation  to 
aircraft  flight  lanes.  Recent  studies  have  indicated  local,  nonmigra- 
tory  populations  of  various  blackbirds  cause  nearly  all  of  the  rice 
damage  in  southern  States  and  the  "hordes  from  the  North" 
contribute  very  little  to  the  losses.  In  addition,  the  transport  of 
arborviruses  from  one  continent  to  another  via  these  long  distance 
migrants  is  being  investigated.  People  have  started  to  uncover  the 
secrets  of  migration  and  utilize  this  knowledge  for  the  betterment  of 
our  society. 

Each  kind  of  bird  seems  to  have  its  own  reaction  to  the 
environment,  so  that  the  character  of  movement  differs  widely  in  the 
various  species,  and  seldom  do  any  two  present  the  same  picture.  In 
fact,  bird  migration  has  been  described  as  a  phase  of  geographic 
distribution  wherein  there  is  a  more  or  less  regular  seasonal  shifting 
of  the  avian  population  caused  by  the  same  factors  that  determine  the 
ranges  of  the  sedentary  species.  If  this  view  is  correct,  then  it  must  be 
recognized  that  the  far-reaching  works  of  man  in  altering  the  natural 
condition  of  the  Earth's  surface  can  so  change  the  environment 
necessary  for  the  well-being  of  the  birds  as  to  bring  about  changes  in 
their  yearly  travels.  The  nature  and  extent  of  the  changes  wrought  by 
man  on  the  North  American  Continent  are  readily  apparent. 
Extensive  forests  have  been  burned  or  cut  away,  rolling  prairies 
turned  over  with  the  plow,  and  wetlands  drained  or  filled.  Their 

100 


places  have  been  taken  by  a  variety  of  human  activites.  These  great 
changes  are  exerting  pressure  on  native  bird  populations,  and 
various  species  may  be  either  benefited  or  adversely  affected. 

The  Federal  Government  has  recognized  its  responsibility  to 
migratory  birds  under  these  changing  conditions.  Enabling  acts 
allow  for  carrying  out  migratory  bird  treaty  obligations  in 
cooperation  with  other  countries,  and  now  most  species  have  legal 
protection  under  regulations  administered  by  the  U.S.  Fish  and 
Wildlife  Service.  The  effectiveness  of  conservation  laws,  however,  is 
increased  in  the  same  measure  that  the  people  of  the  country  become 
acquainted  with  the  migratory  bird  resource  and  interest  themselves 
personally  in  the  well-being  of  the  various  species.  Long  before 
European  man  came  to  America,  the  birds  had  established  their 
seasonal  patterns  of  migration  throughout  the  Western  Hemisphere. 
The  economic,  scientific,  and  esthetic  values  of  these  migratory 
species  dictate  they  be  permitted  to  continue  their  long-accustomed 
and  to  some  extent  still-mysterious  habits  of  migration. 


101 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Able,  K.  P. 

1970.  A  radar  study  of  the  altitude  of  nocturnal  passerine  migration.  Bird-Banding 
41(4):  282-290. 

Aldrich,  J.  W. 

1949.  Migration  of  some  North  American  waterfowl.  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv., 
Spec.  Sci.  Rep.  Wildl.  1.  49  p. 

Aldrich,  J.  W. 

1952.  The  source  of  migrant  mourning  doves  in  southern  Florida.  J.  Wildl.  Manage. 
16:447-456. 

Aldrich,  J.  W.,  A.  J.  Duvall  and  A.  D.  Geis. 

1958.  Racial  determination  of  origin  of  mourning  doves  in  hunters'  bags.  J.  Wildl. 
Manage.  22:  71-75. 

Alexander,  J.  R.,  and  W.  T.  Keeton. 

1972.  The  effect  of  directional  training  on  initial  orientation  in  pigeons.  Auk  89: 
280-298. 

Allard,  H.  A. 

1928.  Bird  migration  from  the  point  of  light  and  length  of  day  changes.  Am.  Nat.  62: 
385-408. 

American  Ornithologists'  Union. 

1957.  The   Check-list  of  North   American   birds.   5th   edition.   American   Or- 
nithologists' Union.  691  p. 

Anderson,  K.  S.,  E.  J.  Randall,  A.  J.  Main  and  R.  J.  Tonn. 

1967.  Recoveries  of  birds  banded  by  encephalitis  field  stations,  1957-1965.  Bird- 
Banding  38(2):  135-138. 

Annan,  0. 

1962.  Sequence  of  migration  by  sex,  age,  and  species  of  thrushes  of  the  genus 
Hylochichla  through  Chicago.  Bird-Banding  33(3):  130-137. 

Anonymous. 

1972.  Population  ecology  of  migratory  birds.  A  symposium.  Wildl.  Res.  Rep.  2. 
U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  278  p. 

Austin,  0.  L.,  Jr. 

1928.  Migration— routes  of  the  Arctic  Tern  (Sterna  paradisaea  Brunnich).  North- 
east Bird  Banding  Assoc.  4(4):  121-125. 

1929.  Some  Labrador  banding  records.  Northeast  Bird  Banding  Assoc.  5(1):  35-36. 
Bagg,  A.  M. 

1967.  Factors  affecting  the  occurrence  of  the  Eurasian  Lapwing  in  eastern  North 
America.  Living  Bird  6:  87-121. 

Bagg,  A.  M.,  W.  W.  H.  Gunn,  D.  S.  Miller,  J.  T.  Nichols,  W.  Smith  and  F.  P.  Wolfarth. 

1950.  Barometric  pressure— patterns  and  spring  bird  migration.  Wilson  Bull.  62: 
5-19. 

Baird,  J.,  C.  S.  Robbins,  A.  M.  Bagg  and  J.  V.  Dennis. 

1958.  "Operation  Recovery"— the  Atlantic  coastal  netting  project.  Bird-Banding 
29(3):  137-168. 

102 


Baird,  J.,  A.  M.  Bagg,  I.  C.  J.  Nisbet  and  C.  S.  Robbins. 

1959.  Operation  Recovery— report  of  mist-netting  along  the  Atlantic  coast  in  1958. 
Bird-Banding  30:  143-171. 

Ball,  S.  C. 

1952.  Fall  bird  migration  of  the  Gaspe  Peninsula.  Peabody  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Yale 
Univ.  Bull.  7.  211p. 

Behle,  W.  H. 

1958.  The  bird  life  of  Great  Salt  Lake.  Univ.  of  Utah  Press,  Salt  Lake  City.  203  p. 
Bellrose,  F.  C. 

1967.  Radar  in  orientation  research.  Proc.  XIX  Int.  Ornithol.  Congr.:  281-309. 

Bellrose,  F.  C. 

1968.  Waterfowl  migration  corridors  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  the  United 
States.  Biol.  Notes  61,  111.  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Urbana,  111  24  p. 

1971.  The  distribution  of  nocturnal  migration  in  the  air  space.  Auk  88(2):  397-424. 

1972a.  Possible  steps  in  the  evolutionary  development  of  bird  navigation  p.  223-257. 
In:  Caller,  S.  R.  et  al.  ed.  Animal  orientation  and  navigation  symp.  N.A.S.A. 
Wash.,  D.C.  606  p. 

1972b.  Mallard  migration  corridors  as  revealed  by  population  distribution,  band- 
ing, and  radar.  In:  Population  ecology  of  migratory  birds:  A  Symp.  Wildl.  Res. 
Rep.  2.  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  p.  1-26. 

Bellrose,  F.  C.  and  R.  R.  Graber. 

1963.  A  radar  study  of  the  flight  directions  of  nocturnal  migrants.  Proc.  XIII  Int. 
Ornithol.  Congr:  362-389. 

Bellrose,  F.  C.  and  J.  G.  Sieh. 

1960.  Massed  waterfowl  flights  in  the  Mississippi  flyway  1956  and  1957.  Wilson 
Bull.  72:  29-59. 

Bennett.  H.  R. 

1952.  Fall  migration  of  birds  at  Chicago.  Wilson  Bull.  64:  197-220. 
Bergman,  G.  and  K.  0.  Donner. 

1964.  An  analysis  of  spring  migration  of  the  Common  Scoter  and  Longtailed  Duck 
in  southern  Finland.  Acta  Zool.  Fenn.  105:  1-59. 

Bergtold,  W.  H. 
1926.  Avian  gonads  and  migration.  Condor  28:  114-120. 

Bissonette,  T.  H. 

1936.  Normal  progressive  changes  in  the  ovary  of  the  starling  (Stu-rnus  vulgaris) 
from  December  to  April.  Auk  53:  31-50. 

1939.  Sexual  photoperiodicity  in  the  blue  jay  (Cyanocitta  cristata).  Wilson  Bull. 
51:  227-232. 

Bogert.  C. 

1937.  The  distribution  and  the  migration  of  the  Long-tailed  Cuckoo  (Urodynamis 
taitensis  Sparrman).  Am.  Mus.  Novit.  933.  pp  1-12. 

Bourne,  W.  R.  P. 
1956.  Migrations  of  the  sooty  shearwater.  Sea  Swallow  9:  23-25. 

Bray,  0.  E.  and  G.  W.  Corner. 

1972.  A  tail  clip  for  attaching  transmitters  to  birds.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  36(2): 
640-642. 

Broley.  C.  L. 
1947.  Migration  and  nesting  of  Florida  bald  eagles.  Wilson  Bull.  59:  3-20. 

103 


Bruderer,  B.  and  P.  Steidinger. 

1972.  Methods  of  quantitative  and  qualitative  analysis  of  bird  migration  with  a 
tracking  radar,  p.  151-167.  In:  Caller,  S.  R.,  et  al  ed.  Animal  orientation  and 
navigation  symp.  N.A.S.A.  Wash.,  D.C.  606  p. 

Clarke,  W.  E. 
1912.  Studies  in  bird  migration.  2  vol.  London. 

Coffey,  B.  B.,  Jr. 

1944.  Winter  home  of  chimney  swifts  discovered  in  northeastern  Peru.  Migrant 
15(3):  37-38. 

Cooch,  G. 

1955.  Observations  on  the  autumn  migration  of  blue  geese.  Wilson  Bull.  67(3): 

171-174. 
Cooke,  M.  T. 

1937.  Flight  speed  of  birds.  U.S.  Dept.  Agr.  Cir.  428.  13  p. 

1945.  Transoceanic  recoveries  of  banded  birds.  Bird-Banding  16(4):  123-129. 
Cooke,  W.  W. 

1888.  Report  of  bird  migration  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  in  the  years  1884  and  1885. 

U.S.  Dept.  Agr.  Div.  Econ.  Ornithol.  Bull.  2.  313  p. 
1904a.  Distribution  and  migration  of  North  American  warblers.  U.S.  Dept.  Agr. 

Div.  Biol.  Surv.  Bull.  18.  142  p. 

1904b.  The  effect  of  altitude  on  bird  migration.  Auk  21:  338-341. 
Cooke,  W.  W. 

1905a.  Routes  of  bird  migration.  Auk  22:  1-11. 

1905b.  The  winter  ranges  of  the  warblers  (Mniotiltidae).  Auk  22:  296-299. 
1906.  Distribution  and  migration  of  North  American  ducks,  geese,  and  swans.  U.S. 

Dept.  Agr.  Bur.  Biol.  Surv.  Bull.  26.  90  p. 
1908.  Averaging  migration  dates.  Auk  25:  485-486. 
1910.  Distribution  and  migration  of  North  American  shore  birds.  U.S.  Dept.  Agr. 

Bur.  Biol.  Surv.  Bull.  35.  100  p. 

1913a.  Distribution  and  migration  of  North  American  herons  and  their  allies. 

U.S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bur.  Biol.  Surv.  Bull.  45.  70  p. 

1913b.  The  relation  of  bird  migration  to  the  weather.  Auk  30:  205-221. 
1914.  Distribution  and  migration  of  North  American  rails  and  their  allies.  U.S. 

Dept.  Agr.  Bull.  128.  50  p. 

1915a.  Bird  migration.  U.S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bull.  185.  48  p. 
1915b.  Bird  migration  in  the  Mackenzie  Valley.  Auk  32:  442-459. 
1915c.  Distribution  and  migration  of  North  American  gulls  and  their  allies.  U.S. 

Dept.  Agr.  Bull.  292.  70  p. 

1915b.  The  Yellow-billed  loon:  a  problem  in  migration.  Condor  17:  213-214. 
Cortopassi,  A.  J.  and  L.  R.  Mewaldt. 
1965.  The  circumannual  distribution  of  white-crowned  sparrows.  Bird-Banding 

36(3):  141-169. 

Coues,  E. 

1878.  Birds  of  the  Colorado  Valley:  a  repository  of  scientific  and  popular  informa- 
tion concerning  North  American  ornithology.  U.S.  Dept.  Int.  Misc.  Pub.  11. 807  p. 
Curtis,  S.  G. 

1969.  Spring  migration  and  weather  at  Madison,  Wisconsin.  Wilson  Bull.  81(3): 
235-245. 

Delacour,  J. 

1947.  Birds  of  Malaysia.  Macmillan  Co.  N.Y.  382  p. 
1963.  The  waterfowl  of  the  world,  4  vols.  Country  Life  Ltd.  London. 

104 


DeLury,  R.  E. 

1938.  Sunspot  influences.  J.  R.  Anstron.  Soc.  of  Can.  pt.  1,  March  1938,  pt.  2,  April 
1938.  50  p. 

Dennis,  J.  V. 

1967.  Fall  departure  of  the  Yellow-breasted  Chat  (Icteria  virens)  in  eastern  North 
America.  Bird-banding  38  (2):  130-135. 

De  Schauensee,  R.  M. 

1970.  A  guide  to  the  birds  of  South  America.  Livingston  Pub.  Co.  Wynnewood, 
Penn.  470  p. 

Diem,  K.  L.  and  D.  D.  Condon. 

1967.  Banding  studies  of  water  birds  on  the  Molly  Islands,  Yellowstone  Lake, 
Wyoming.  Yellowstone  Lib.  and  Mus.  Assoc.,  Yellowstone  Nat.  Park.  41  p. 

Dixon,  J. 

1916.  Migration  of  the  Yellow-billed  Loon.  Auk  33  (4):  370-376. 
Dixon,  K.  L.  and  J.  D.  Gilbert. 

1964.  Altitudinal  migration  in  the  Mountain  Chickadee.  Condor  66:  61-64. 
Dorst,  J. 

1963.  The  migration  of  birds.  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.  (Am.  ed),  Boston.  476  p. 

Drury,  W.  H.  Jr. 

1960.  Radar  and  bird  migration— a  second  glance.  Mass.  Audubon  44(4):  173-178. 

Drury,  W.  H.  Jr.,  I.  C.  T.  Nisbet  and  R.  E.  Richardson. 

1961.  The  migration  of  angels.  Nat.  Hist.  70(8):  10-17. 

Eastwood,  E. 
1967.  Radar  ornithology.  Methuen,  London.  278  p. 

Eastwood,  E.  and  G.  C.  Rider. 

1965.  Some  radar  measurements  of  the  altitude  of  bird  flight.  Br.  Birds  58: 393-426. 

Eaton,  R.  J. 

1933.  The  migratory  movements  of  certain  colonies  of  Herring  Gulls  (Larus 
argentatus  smithsonianus  Coues)  in  eastern  North  America.  Parti.  Bird-Banding 
4(4):  165-176. 

Eaton,  R.  J. 

1934.  The  migratory  movements  of  certain  colonies  of  Herring  Gulls  in  eastern 
North  America.  Part  II.  Bird-Banding  5(1):  1-19. 

1934.  The  migratory  movements  of  certain  colonies  of  Herring  Gulls  in  eastern 
North  America.  Part  III.  Bird-Banding  5(2):  70-84. 

Emlen,  S.  T. 

1967.  Migratory  orientation  in  the  Indigo  Bunting  (Passerina  cyanea).  Part  II: 
Mechanism  of  celestial  orientation.  Auk  84:  463-489. 

1969.  Bird  migration:  influence  of  physiological  state  upon  celestial  orientation. 
Science  (Wash.,  D.C.)  165  (3894):  716-718. 

1970.  The  influence  of  magnetic  information  on  the  orientation  of  the  Indigo 
Bunting  (Passerina  cyanea).  Anim.  Behav.  18(2):  215-224. 

Earner,  D.  S. 

1945.  The  return  of  Robins  to  their  birthplaces.  Bird-Banding  16(3):  81-99. 
1950.  The  annual  stimulus  for  migration.  Condor  52(3):  104-122. 
1955.  The  annual  stimulus  for  migration:  experimental  and  physiologic  aspects.  In: 

Recent  studies  in  avian  biology.  Univ.  111.  (Urbana)  Bull:  198-237. 
1960.  Metabolic  adaptations  in  migration.  Proc.  XII  Int.  Ornithol.  Cong.:  197-208. 

105 


Earner,  D.  S.  and  L.  R.  Mewaldt. 

1953.  The  relative  roles  of  diurnal  periods  of  activity  and  diurnal  photoperiods  in 
gonadal  activation  in  male  Zonotrichia  leucophrys  gambelii.  Experimentia  9: 
219-221. 

Fisher,  H.  I.  and  J.  R.  Fisher. 

1972.  The  oceanic  distribution  of  the  Laysan  Albatross  (Diomedea  immutabilis). 
Wilson  Bull  84:  7-27. 

Fisher,  J.  and  R.  M.  Lockley. 

1954.  Sea-birds.  Houghton  Mifflin,  Boston.  XVI  +  320  p. 

Furlong,  W.  R. 
1933.  Land-birds  in  a  gale  at  sea.  Bird  Lore  35(5):  263-265. 

Gatke,  H. 

1895.  Heligoland  as  an  ornithological  observatory:  the  results  of  fifty  years'  experi- 
ence (trans,  from  German  by  R.  Rosenstock).  David  Douglas  Pub.,  Edinburgh. 
599  p. 

Gauthreaux,  S.  A.  Jr. 

1970.  Weather  radar  quantification  of  bird  migration.  Bioscience  20(1):  17-20. 

1971.  A  radar  and  direct  visual  study  of  passerine  spring  migration  in  southern 
Louisiana.  Auk  88:  343-365. 

1972a.  Flight  directions  of  passerine  migrants  in  daylight  and  darkness:  a  radar 
and  direct  visual  study  p.  129-137.  Galler,  S.  R.,  et  al.  ed.  In:  Animal  orientation 
and  navigation  symp.  N.A.S.A.  Wash.,  D.C.  606  p. 

1972b.  Behavioral  responses  of  migrating  birds  to  daylight  and  darkness:  a  radar 
and  direct  visual  study.  Wilson  Bull.  84:  136-148. 

Geroudet,  P. 

1954.  Des  oiseaux  migrateurs  trouves  sur  la  glacier  de  Khumbu  dans  1'Himalaya. 
Nos  Oiseaux  22:  254. 

Godfrey,  W.  E. 

1966.  The  birds  of  Canada.  Natl.  Mus.  Can.  Bull.  203,  Biol  Series  No.  73.  428  p. 
Gordon,  D.  A. 

1948  Some  considerations  of  bird  migration:  continental  drift  and  bird  migration. 
Science  (Wash.,  D.C.)  108:  705-711. 

Graber,  R.  R. 

1965.  Night  flight  with  a  thrush.  Audubon  67:  368-374. 

1968.  Nocturnal  migration  in  Illinois— different  points  of  view.  Wilson  Bull.  80(1): 
36-71. 

Graber,  R.  R.  and  W.  W.  Cochrane. 

1959.  An  audio  technique  for  the  study  of  nocturnal  migration  of  birds.  Wilson 
Bull.  71:  220-236. 

Griffin,  Dr.  R. 

1940.  Homing  experiments  with  Leach's  Petrels.  Auk  57(1):  61-74. 
1943.  Homing  experiments  with  Herring  Gulls  and  Common  Terns.  Bird-Banding 
14(1  and  2):  7-33. 

Griffin,  D.  R. 

1958.  Listening  in  the  dark.  Yale  Univ.  Press,  New  Haven.  413  p. 
1964.  Bird  migration.  Nat.  Hist.  Press.  Garden  City,  N.Y.  180  p. 

Griffin,  D.  R.  and  R.  J.  Hock. 

1948.  Experiments  on  bird  navigation.  Science  (Wash.,  D.C.)  107(2779):  347-349. 

1949.  Airplane  observations  of  homing  birds.  Ecology  30:  176-198. 

106 


Grinnell,  J. 

1931.  Some  angles  in  the  problem  of  bird  migration.  Auk  48:  22-32. 
Gross,  A.  0. 

1927.  The  Snowy  Owl  migration  of  1926-27.  Auk  44:  479-493. 

1947.  Cyclic  invasions  of  the  Snowy  Owl  and  the  migration  of  1945-46.  Auk  64(4): 
584-601. 

Gwynn,  A.  M. 

1968.  The  migration  of  the  Arctic  Tern.  Aust.  Bird  Bander  6(4):  71-75. 
Haartman,  L.  von. 

1968.  The  evolution  of  resident  vs.  migratory  habit  in  birds:  some  considerations. 
Ornis  Fenn.  45(1):  1-7. 

Hagar,  J.  A. 
1966.  Nesting  of  the  Hudsonian  Godwit  at  Churchill,  Manitoba.  Living  Bird  5: 5-43. 

Hamilton,  W.  J.  III. 
1962a.  Bobolink  migratory  pathways  and  their  experimental  analysis  under  night 

skies.  Auk  79(2):  208-233. 
1962b.  Celestial  orientation  in  juvenile  waterfowl.  Condor  64(1):  19-23. 

Harrisson,  T.  H. 
1931.  On  the  normal  flight  speed  of  birds.  Br.  Birds  25:  86-96. 

Hassler,  S.  S.,  R.  R.  Graber  and  F.  C.  Bellrose. 

1963.  Fall  migration  and  weather:  a  radar  study.  Wilson  Bull.  75:  56-77. 
Haugh,  J.  R.  and  T.  J.  Cade. 

1966.  The  spring  hawk  migration  around  the  southeastern  shore  of  Lake  Ontario. 
Wilson  Bull.  78(1):  88-110. 

Hebrard,  J.  J. 

1971.  The  nightly  initiation  of  passerine  migration  in  spring:  a  direct  visual  study. 
Ibis  113(1):  8-18. 

Hochbaum,  H.  A. 

1955.  Travels  and  traditions  of  waterfowl.  Univ.  of  Minn.  Press,  Minneapolis.  301  p. 
Hofslund,  P.  B. 

1965.  Hawks  above  Duluth.  In:  The  bird  watcher's  America,  ed.  0.  s.  Pettingill,  Jr. 
McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  N.  Y. 

1966.  Hawk  migration  over  the  western  tip  of  Lake  Superior.  Wilson  Bull.  78: 79-87. 
Hussell,  D.  J.  T.,  T.  Davis  and  R.  D.  Montgomerie. 

1967.  Differential  fall  migration  of  adult  and  immature  Least  Flycatchers.  Bird- 
Banding  38(1):  61-66. 

Jaeger,  E.  C. 

1948.  Does  the  Poor-will  "hibernate"?  Condor  50:  45. 

1949.  Further  observations  on  the  hibernation  of  the  Poor-will.  Condor  51: 105-109. 
Johnson,  N.  K. 

1963.  Comparative  molt  cycles  in  the  Tyrannid  genus  Empidonax.  Proc.  XIII  Int. 

Ornithol.  Congr.:  870-883. 
1973.  S  pring  migration  of  the  Western  Flycatcher  with  notes  on  seasonal  changes  in 

sex  and  age  ratios.  Bird-Banding  44(3):  205-220. 
Keeton,  W.  T. 

1969.  Orientation  by  pigeons:  is  the  sun  necessary?  Science  (Wash.,  D.  C.)  165(3896): 
922-928. 

Kenyon.  K.  W.  and  D.  W.  Rice. 
1958.  Homing  of  Laysan  Albatrosses.  Condor  60:  3-6. 

107 


King,  J.  R. 

1963.  Annual  migratory-fat  deposition  in  the  White-crowned  Sparrow.  Proc.  XIII 
Int.  Ornithol.  Congr.:  940-949. 

King,  J.  R.,  S.  Barker  and  D.  S.  Farner. 

1963.  A  comparison  of  energy  reserves  during  the  autumnal  and  vernal  migratory 
periods  in  the  White-crowned  Sparrow  (Zonotrichia  leucophrys  gambelii).  Ecol. 
44(3):  513-521. 

King,  J.  R.  and  D.  S.  Farner. 
1963.  The  relationship  of  fat  deposition  to  Zugunruhe.  Condor  65(3):  200-223. 

Kipp,  F.  A. 
1942.  Ueber  Flugelban  and  Wanderzug  der  Vogel.  Biol.  Zbl.  62:  289-299. 

1958.  Zur  Geschichte  des  Vogelzuges  auf  der  Grundlage  der  Flugelanpassungen. 
Vogelwarte  19:  233-242. 

Kramer,  G. 

1952.  Experiments  on  bird  orientation.  Ibis  94:  265-285. 
1957.  Experiments  on  bird  orientation  and  their  interpretation.  Ibis  99:  196-227. 

1959.  Recent  experiments  on  bird  orientation.  Ibis  101:  399-416. 

1961.  Long  distance  orientation.  In:  Marshall,  A.  J.  Biology  and  comparative 
physiology  of  birds.  2  Vol.  Academic  Press,  N.Y.  and  London. 

Kuroda,  N. 

1957.  A  brief  note  on  the  pelagic  migration  of  the  Tubinares.  Misc.  Rep.  of  the 
Yamashina  Inst.  for  Ornithol.  and  Zool.  11:  10-23. 

Lack,  D. 

1959.  Migrations  across  the  sea.  Ibis  101(3-4):  374-399. 

1960a.  The  influence  of  weather  on  passerine  migration.  Auk  77:  171-209. 
Lack,  D. 

1960b.  The  height  of  bird  migration.  Br.  Birds  53:  5-10. 

1962.  Radar  evidence  on  migratory  orientation.  Br.  Birds  55(4):  139-157. 
1963a.  Migration  across  the  southern  North  Sea  studied  by  radar.  Part  4.  Autumn. 

Ibis  105  (1):  1-54. 

1963b.  Migration  across  the  southern  North  Sea  studied  by  radar.  Part  5.  Move- 
ments in  August,  winter  and  spring,  and  conclusion.  Ibis  105(4):  461-492. 

Lewis,  H.  F. 

1937.  Migrations  of  the  American  Brant  (Branta  bernicla  hrota).  Auk  54:  73-95. 
Lincoln,  F.  C. 

1917.  Bohemian  Waxwing  (Bombycilla  garrula)  in  Colorado.  Auk  34:  341. 

1922.  Trapping  ducks  for  banding  purposes:  with  an  account  of  the  results  obtained 
from  one  waterfowl  station.  Auk  39:  322-334. 

1924a.  Banding  notes  on  the  migration  of  the  Pintail.  Condor  26:  88-90. 

1924b.  Returns  from  banded  birds,  1920  to  1923.  U.S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bull.  1268.  56  p. 

1926.  The  migration  of  the  Cackling  Goose.  Condor  28:  153-157. 

1927a.  Notes  on  the  migration  of  young  Common  Terns.  Northeastern  Bird- 
Banding  Assoc.  Bull.  3:  23-28. 

1927b.  Returns  from  banded  birds,  1923  to  1926.  U.S.  Dept.  Agr.  Tech.  Bull. 
32.  95  p. 

1928.  The  migration  of  young  North  American  Herring  Gulls.  Auk  45:  49-59. 

1934.  Distribution  and  migration  of  the  Redhead  (Nyroca  americana).  Trans. 
Twentieth  Am.  Game  Conf.:  280-287. 

1935a.  The  waterfowl  flyways  of  North  America.  U.S.  Dept.  Agr.  Cir.  342.  12  p. 

1935b.  The  migration  of  North  American  birds.  U.S.  Dept.  Agr.  Cir.  363.  72  p. 

108 


Lincoln,  F.  C. 

1937.  Our  greatest  travelers.  In:  The  book  of  birds.  Natl.  Geog.  Mag.  2:  301-350. 
1939a.  The  migration  of  American  birds.  Doubleday,  Doran  &  Co.,  N.Y.  189  p. 
1939b.  The  individual  vs.  the  species  in  migration  studies.  Auk  56(3):  250-254. 
1941.  The  waterfowl  flyways.  Wild  ducks.  Am.  Wildl.  Inst.  20-29. 

1945.  Flyway  regulations.  Trans.  Tenth  North  Am.  Wildl.  Conf.:  50-51. 

1946.  Keeping  up  with  the  waterfowl.  Audubon  Mag.  48(3):  194-205.  Reprinted  as 
U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  Leaflet  294.  April  1947.  10  p. 

Lowery,  G.  H.  Jr. 

1945.  Trans-gulf  spring  migration  of  birds  and  the  coastal  hiatus.  Wilson  Bull. 
57(2):  92-121. 

1946.  Evidence  of  trans-gulf  migration.  Auk  63(2):  175-211. 

1951.  A  quantitative  study  of  the  nocturnal  migration  of  birds.  Univ.  Kan.  Pub. 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  3(2):  361-472. 

Lowery,  G.  H.,  Jr.  and  R.  J.  Newman. 

1966.  A  continentwide  view  of  bird  migration  on  four  nights  in  October. 
Auk  83(4):  547-586. 

Lucanus,  F.  von. 
1911.  Ueber  die  Hohe  des  vogelzuges.  Verh.  V  Int.  Ornithol.  Congr.  557-562. 

McMillan,  N.  T. 

1938.  Birds  and  the  wind.  Bird  Lore  40(6):  397-406.  Reprinted  Smithson.  Rep. 
for  1939:  355-363. 

Magee,  M.  J. 

1938.  Evening  Grosbeak  recoveries.  Northeastern  Bird-Banding  Assoc.  Bull.  4: 
56-59. 

Main,  J.  S. 
1932.  The  influence  of  temperature  on  migration.  Wilson  Bull.  44:  10-12. 

Manville,  R.  H. 
1963.  Altitude  record  for  mallard.  Wilson  Bull.  75:  9 

Marshall,  A.  J. 

1961.  Breeding  seasons  and  migration.  Chapter  21:  307-339.  In:  Biology  and 
comparative  physiology  of  birds,  Vol.  II.  A.  J.  Marshall  ed.  Academic  Press, 
N.Y.  and  London.  468  p. 

Matthews,  G.  V.  T. 
1951.  The  experimental  investigation  of  navigation  in  homing  pigeons.  J.  Exp. 

Biol.  28:  508-536. 
1955.  Bird  navigation.  Univ.  Press,  Cambridge.  141  p. 

May,  J.  B. 

1929.  Recoveries  of  Black-crowned  Night  Herons  banded  in  Massachusetts.  North- 
eastern Bird-Banding  Assoc.  Bull.  5:  7-16. 

Mazzeo,  R. 

1953.  Homing  of  the  Manx  Shearwater.  Auk  70:  200-201. 
Meanly,  B. 

1971.  Blackbirds  and  the  southern  rice  crop.  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  Res. 
Pub.  100.  64  p. 

Meinertzhagen,  R. 

1920.  Some  preliminary  remarks  on  the  altitude  of  the  migratory  flight  of  birds 
with  special  reference  to  the  Paleoarctic  region.  Ibis,  Series  11,  2:  920-936. 

109 


1921.  Some  preliminary  remarks  on  the  velocity  of  migratory  flight  among  birds 
with  special  reference  to  the  Paleoarctic  region.  Ibis,  Series  11,  3(2):  228-238. 

1955.  The   speed   and   altitude  of  bird  flight  (with   notes  on  other  animals). 

Ibis  97:  81-117. 
Mewaldt,  L.  R.  and  R.  G.  Rose. 

1960.  Orientation   of  migratory   restlessness   in   the  White-crowned   Sparrow. 
Science  131:  105-106. 

Miller,  A.  H. 

1963.  Photoregulative  and  innate  factors  in  the  reproductive  cycles  of  an  equatorial 
sparrow.  Proc.  XVI  Int.  Congr.  Zool.  1:  166. 

Moreau,  R.  E. 

1951.  The  migration  system  in  perspective.  Proc.  X  Int.  Ornithol.  Cong.  245-248 
1953.  Migration  in  the  Mediterranean  area.  Ibis  95:  329-364. 

1961.  Problems  of  Mediterranean-Sahara  migration,  Part  3.  Ibis  103a(4):  580-623. 
Mueller,  H.  C.  and  D.  D.  Berger. 

1967a.  Fall  migration  of  Sharp-shinned  Hawks.  Wilson  Bull.  79:  397-415. 
1967b.  Wind  drift,  leading  lines,  and  diurnal  migration.  Wilson  Bull.  79(1):  50-63. 
Murphy,  R.  C. 

1936.  Oceanic  birds  of  South  America.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  New  York.  2  vol. 
Murray,  B.  G.  Jr. 

1964.  A  review  of  Sharp-shinned  Hawk  migration  along  the  northeastern  coast  of 
the  United  States.  Wilson  Bull.  76:  257-264. 

1965.  On  the  autumn  migration  of  the  Blackpoll  Warbler.  Wilson  Bull.  77(2): 
122-133. 

Murray,  B.  G.  Jr.  and  J.  R.  Jehl  Jr. 

1964.  Weights  of  autumn  migrants  from  coastal  New  Jersey.  Bird-Banding  35: 
253-263. 

Nice,  M.  M. 

1937.  Studies  in  the  life  history  of  the  Song  Sparrow.  I.  A  population  study  of 
the  Song  Sparrow.  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  N.Y.  4:  1-247. 

Nisbet,  I.  C.  T. 

1961.  Studying  migration  by  moon-watching.  Bird-Migr.  2(1):  38-42. 
1963a.  Quantitative  study  of  migration  with  23-centimeter  radar.  Ibis  105(4): 
435-460. 

Nisbet,  I.  C.  T. 

1963b.  Measurements  with  radar  of  the  height  of  nocturnal  migration  over  Cape 
Cod,  Massachusetts.  Bird-Banding  34(2):  57-67. 

Nisbet,  I.  C.  T.  and  W.  H.  Drury  Jr. 

1967a.  Scanning  the  sky/birds  on  radar.  Mass.  Audubon  51:  166-174. 
1967b.  Weather  and  migration.  Mass.  Audubon  52(1):  12-19. 
1968.  Short-term  effects  of  weather  on  bird  migration:  A  field  study  using 
multivariate  statistics.  Anim.  Behav.  16(4):  496-530. 

Odum,  E.  P. 

1958.  The  fat  deposition  picture  in  the  White-throated  Sparrow  in  comparison 
with  that  in  long-range  migrants.  Bird-Banding  29(1):  105-108. 

Oldaker,  R.  F. 

1961.  1960  survey  of  the  California  Gull.  West.  Bird  Bander.  36(3):  26-30. 
Orr,  R.  T. 

1970.  Animals  in  migration.  MacMillan  Co.  Collier-MacMillan  Ltd.  London.  303  p. 

110 


Packard,  F.  M. 

1945.  The  birds  of  Rocky  Mountain  National  Park,  Colorado.  Auk  62:  371-394. 
Parslow,  J.  L.  F. 

1969.  The  migration  of  passerine  night  migrants  across  the  English  Channel 
studied  by  radar.  Ibis  111  (1):  48-79. 

Pennycuick,  D.  J. 

1969.  The  mechanics  of  bird  migration.  Ibis  111:  525-556. 
Perdeck.  A.  C. 

1967.  Orientation  of  starlings  after  displacement  to  Spain.  Ardea  55(3-4):  194-204. 
Peterson.  R. 

1961.  The  long  journey.  Audubon  Mag.  63(2):  72-75. 
Pettingill,  0.  S.  Jr. 

1962.  Hawk  migrations  around  the  Great  Lakes.  Audubon  Mag.  64:  44-45,  49. 

1970.  Ornithology    in    laboratory    and    field.    Fourth    ed.    Burgess    Pub.    Co., 
Minneap.  524  p. 

Phillips,  J.  H. 

1963.  The  pelagic  distribution  of  the  Sooty  Shearwater  (Puffinus  griseus).  Ibis 
105:  340-353. 

Pinkowski,  B.  C. 

1971.  An  analysis  of  banding-recovery  data  on  Eastern  Bluebirds  banded  in 
Michigan  and  three  neighboring  states.  Jack-Pine  Warbler  49(2):  33-50. 

Pough.  R.  H. 

1948.  Out  of  the  night  sky.  Audubon  Mag.  50(6):  354-355. 
Ralph.  C.  J. 

1971.  An  age  differential  of  migrants  in  coastal  California.  Condor  73:  243-246. 
Raynor,  G.  S. 

1956.  Meterological  variables  and  the  northward  movement  of  nocturnal  land  bird 
migrants.  Auk  73:  153-175. 

Rense,  W.  A. 

1946.  Astronomy  and  ornithology.  Pop.  Astron.  54(2):  1-19. 
Richardson,  W.  J. 

1971.  Spring  migration  and  weather  in  eastern  Canada:  a  radar  study.  Am. 
Birds  25(3):  684-690. 

1972.  Autumn  migration  and  weather  in  eastern  Canada:  a  radar  study.  Am. 
Birds  26:  10-17. 

Richardson,  W.  J.  and  M.  E.  Haight. 
1970.  Migration  departures  from  starling  roosts.  Can.  J.  Zool.  48(1):  31-39. 

Robbins,  C.  S. 

1949.  Weather  and  bird  migration.  Wood  Thrush  4(4):  130-144. 
1956.  Hawk  watch.  Atl.  Nat.  11:  208-217. 

Robbins,  C.,  D.  Bridge  and  R.  Feller. 

1959.  Relative  abundance  of  adult  male  Redstarts  at  an  inland  and  a  coastal 
locality  during  fall  migration.  Md.  Birdlife  15(1):  23-25. 

Rowan,  W. 

1925.  Relation  of  light  to  bird  migration  and  developmental  changes.  Nature 
(Lond.)  115:  494-495. 

1926.  On  photoperiodism,  reproductive  periodicity,  and  the  annual  migrations  of 
birds  and  certain  fishes.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  Proc.  38:  147-189. 

Ill 


1930a.  Experiments  in  bird  migration.  II.  Reversed  migration.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci. 

Proc.  16:  520-525. 

1930b.  The  mechanism  of  bird  migration.  Sci.  Prog.  25:  70-78. 
1931.  The  riddle  of  migration.  Williams  &  Wilkins,  Baltimore.  151  p. 

Rudebeck,  G. 
1950.  Studies  on  bird  migration.  Var.  Fagelvarld,  Supplementum  I.  148  p. 

Salmonsen,  F. 
1968.  The  moult  migration.  Wildfowl  19:  5-24. 

Sauer,  F. 

1957.  Die  Sternenorientierung  nachtlich  ziehender  Grasmucken  (Sylvia  attri- 
capilla  borin  and  curruca).  Z.  Tierpsych.  14:  29-70. 

1958.  Celestial  navigation  by  birds.  Sci.  Am.  199(2):  42-47. 

Sauer,  E.  G.  F. 
1961.  Further  studies  on  the  stellar  orientation  of  nocturnally  migrating  birds. 

Psychol.  Forsch.  26(3):  224-244. 
1963.  Migration  habits  of  Golden  Plovers.  Proc.  XIII  Int.  Ornithol.  Cong.:  454-467. 

Sauer,  E.  G.  F.,  and  E.  M.  Sauer. 

1960.  Star  navigation  of  nocturnal  migrating  birds.  Cold  Spring  Harbor  Symp.  on 
Quant.  Biol.  25:  463-473. 

Schmidt-Koenig,  K. 

1963.  Sun  compass  orientation  of  pigeons  upon  equatorial  and  transequatorial 
displacement.  Biol.  Bull.  124(3):  311-321. 

1964.  Sun  compass  orientation  of  pigeons  upon  displacement  north  of  the  Arctic 
circle.  Biol.  Bull.  127(1):  154-158. 

Schnell,  G.  D. 

1965.  Recording  the  flight  speed  of  birds  by  Doppler  Radar.  Living  Bird  4:  79-87. 

Schuz,  E. 

1963.  On  the  North-Western  migration  divide  of  the  White  Stork.  Proc.  XIII  Int. 
Ornithol.  Cong.  475-480. 

Serventy,  D.  L. 

1953.  Movements  of  pelagic  sea-birds  in  the  Indo-Pacific  region.  Proc.  7th  Pacific 
Sci.  Cong.:  4:  394-407. 

1958.  Recent  studies  on  the  Tasmanian  mutton-bird.  Aust.  Mus.  Mag.  12:  327-332. 

Sheldon,  W. 

1965.  Hawk  migration   in   Michigan   and  the  Straits  of  Mackinac.  Jack-Pine 
Warbler  43(2):  79-83. 

Suntov,  V.  P. 

1968.  Some  correlations  in  the  dispersal  of  Albatrosses  in  the  Northern  Pacific. 
Z.  Zhurn.  47:  1054-1064.  (In  Russian,  Eng.  summ.) 

Sladen,  W.  J.  L. 

1973.  A  continental  study  of  whistling  swans  using  neck  collars.  Wildfowl  24: 8-14. 
Snyder,  L.  L. 

1943.  The  Snowy  Owl  migration  of  1941-42.  Wilson  Bull.  55(1):  8-10. 
Southern,  W.  E. 

1959.  Homing  of  Purple  Martins.  Wilson  Bull.  71:  254-261. 

1965.  Avian  navigation.  Article  No.  2,  Field  Studies  and  Experiments,  p.  87-88; 
In.  Biotelemetry,  Bioscience  15(2):  79-121,  159. 

112 


Stevenson,  H.  M. 

1957.  The  relative  magnitude  of  the  trans-gulf  and  circum-gulf  spring  migrations. 
Wilson  Bull.  69(1):  39-77. 

Stewart,  R.  E.,  A.  D.  Geis  and  C.  D.  Evans. 

1958.  Distribution  of  populations  and  hunting  kill  of  the  Canvasback.  J.  Wildl. 
Manage.  22:  333-370. 

Stoddard,  H.  L.  and  R.  A.  Norris. 

1967.  Bird  casualties  at  a  Leon  County,  Florida  TV  tower:  an  eleven-year  study. 
Bull.  Tall  Timbers  Res.  Stn.  8.  104  p. 

Storer,  J.  H. 

1948.  The  flight  of  birds.  Cranbrook  Inst.  Sci.  Bull.  28:  94  p. 
Storr,  G.  M. 

1958.  Migration  routes  of  the  Arctic  Tern.  Emu  58(1):  59-62. 
Sutter,  E. 

1957.  Radar-Beobachtungen  uber  den  Verlauf  des  nachtlichen  Vogelzuges.  Rev. 
Suisse  Zool.  64:  294-303. 

Swan,  L.  W. 

1970.  Goose  of  the  Himalayas.  Nat.  Hist.  79(10):  68-75. 
Swarth,  H.  S. 

1920.  Revision  of  the  avian  genus  Passerella,  with  special  reference  to  the 
distribution  and  migration  of  the  races  in  California.  Univ.  Calif.  Pub.  Zool. 
21(4):  75-224. 

Swirski,  Z. 

1965.  Bird  migrations  (trans,  from  Pol.).  Pol.  Sci.  Pub.  Warsaw,  Pol.  106  p. 
Taverner,  P.  A. 

1935.  Continental  land  masses  and  their  effect  upon  bird  life.  Condor  37:  160-162. 
Tedd,  J.  G.  and  D.  Lack. 

1958.  The   detection   of  bird   migration   by   high-power  radar.  Proc.   R.   Soc. 
(B)  149:  503-510. 

Thompson.  D.  Q.  and  R.  A.  Person. 

1963.  The  eider  pass  at  Point  Barrow,  Alaska.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  27:  348-356. 
Tomson,  A.  L. 

1960.  Bird-migration  terms.  Ibis  102:  140. 

1964.  A  new  dictionary  of  birds.  McGraw-Hill  Co.  N.Y.  928  p. 

1965.  The  transequatorial  migration  of  the  Manx  Shearwater  (Puffin  des  anglais). 
Oiseau  Rev.  Fr.  Ornithol.  35:  130-140. 

Van  Tyne,  J.  and  A.  J.  Berger. 

1959.  Fundamentals  of  ornithology.  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  New  York.  624  p. 
Viguier,  C. 

1882.  Le  sens  de  1'orientation  et  ses  organes.  Rev.  Philos.  14:  1-36. 
Voous.  K.  H.  and  J.  Wattel. 
1963.  Distribution  and  migration  of  the  Greater  Shearwater.  Ardea  51:  143-157. 

Walcott,  D.  and  M.  Michener. 

1967.  Analysis  of  tracks  of  single  homing  pigeons.  Proc.  XIV  Int.  Ornithol. 
Cong.:  311-329. 

Walraff,  H.  G. 

1967.  The  present  status  of  our  knowledge  about  pigeon  homing.  Proc.  XIV  Int. 
Ornithol.  Congr.:  331-358. 

113 


Welty,  J.  C. 
1962.  The  life  of  birds.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.  Phila.  &  Lond.  546  p. 

Wetmore,  A. 
1926.  The  migration  of  birds.  Harv.  Univ.  Press,  Camb.,  Mass.  217  p. 

Williams,  G.  G. 
1945.  Do  birds  cross  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  in  spring?  Auk  62(1):  98-111. 

1947.  Lowery  on  trans-gulf  migration.  Auk  64(2):  217-237. 

1950.  Weather  and  spring  migration.  Auk  67:  52-65. 
Williamson,  K. 

1958.  Bergmann's  Rule  and  obligatory  overseas  migration.  Br.  Birds  51(6):  209-232. 

Winkenwerder,  H.  A. 

1902.  The  migration  of  birds  with  special  reference  to  nocturnal  flight.  Wis.  Nat. 
Hist.  Soc.  2:  177-263. 

Wolff,  W.  J. 

1970.  Goal  orientation  versus  one-direction  orientation  in  Teal  (Anas  c.  crecca) 
during  autumn  migration.  Ardea  58:  131-141. 

Wolfson,  A. 

1940.  A  preliminary  report  on  some  experiments  on  bird  migration.  Condor  42(2): 
93-99. 

1945.  The  role  of  the  pituitary  fat  deposition  and  body  weight  in  bird  migration. 
Condor  47(3):  95-127. 

1948.  Bird  migration  and  the  concept  of  continental  drift.  Science  (Wash.,  D.  C.) 
108:  23-30. 

Woodbury,  A.  M. 

1941.  Animal  migration-periodic  response  theory.  Auk  58:  463-505. 
Woodbury,  A.  M.,  W.  H.  Behle  and  J.  W.  Sugden. 

1946.  Color-banding  California  Gulls  at  Great  Salt  Lake,  Utah.  Bull.  Univ.  Utah, 
37(3):  1-15. 

Yeagley,  H.  L. 

1947.  A  preliminary  study  of  physical  basis  of  bird  navigation.  J.  Appl.  Physiol. 
18(12):  1035-1063. 

1951.  A  preliminary  study  of  a  physical  basis  of  bird  navigation.  Part  II.  J.  Appl. 
Physiol.  22(6):  746-760. 


114 


LIST  OF  BIRD  SPIECIES  MENTIONED  IN  TEXT 


COMMON  NAME' 


SCIENTIFIC  NAME* 


Albatross,  Black-footed 

Albatross,  Laysan 

Blackbird,  Brewer's 

Blackbird,  Red-winged 

Blackbird,  Rusty 

Blackbird,  Yellow-headed 

Blackcap 

Bluebird,  Eastern 

Bluethroat 

Bobolink 

Bobwhite 

Brant  (Atlantic) 

Brant,  Black 

Bunting,  Black-headed 

Bunting  Cretzchmar's 

Bunting,  Indigo 

Bunting,  Ortolan 

Bunting,  Snow 

Canvasback 

Cardinal 

Chat,  Yellow-breasted 

Chuck-will's-widow 

Coot  (American) 

Crane,  Sandhill 

Creeper,  Brown 

Crossbill,  Red 

Crow  (Common) 

Cuckoo,  Black-billed 

Cuckoo,  Yellow-billed 

Curlew,  Bristle-thighed 

Dove,  Mourning 

Dove,  Turtle 

Duck,  Black 


Diomedea  nigripes 
Diomedea  immutabilis 
Euphagus  cyanocephalus 
Agelaius  phoeniceus 
Euphagus  carolinus 
Xanthocephalus  xanthocephalus 
Sylvia  atricapilla 
Sialia  sialis 
Luscinia  svecica 
Dolichonyx  oryzivorus 
Colinus  virginianus 
Branta  bemicla  hreta 
Branta  bemicla  nigricans 
Emberiza  melanocephala 
Emberiza  caesia 
Passerina  cyanea 
Emberiza  hortulana 
Plectrophenax  nivalis 
Ay  thy  a  valisineria 
Cardinalis 
Icteria  virens 
Caprimulgus  carolinensis 
Fulica  americana 
Grus  canadensis 
Certhia  familiaris 
Loxia  curvirostra 
Corvus  brachyrhynchos 
Coccyzus  erythropthalmus 
Coccyzus  americanus 
Numenius  tahitiensis 
Zenaida  macroura 
Streptopelia  turtur 
Anas  rubripes 


*  For  all  North  American  species  the  authors  have  followed  nomenclature  in  the  1957  edition  of  the  A.O.U. 
Check-list.  Also,  we  have  incorporated  the  new  names  presented  in  the  April  1973  issue  of  ThfAuk( volume  90. 
number  2,  pages  411-419),  the  quarterly  journal  of  the  A.O.U.  For  other  parts  of  the  world  we  have  used  the 
most  authoritative  sources  available. 

115 


Duck,  Wood 

Eagle,  Bald 

Egret,  Great 

Egret,  Snowy 

Eider,  Common 

Eider,  King 

Falcon,  Peregrine 

Finch,  Purple 

Flicker,  Common 

Flycatcher,  Hammond's 

Flycatcher,  Least 

Flycatcher,  Western 

Frigatebird,  Magnificent 

Godwit,  Black-tailed 

Godwit,  Hudsonian 

Goose,  Bar-headed 

Goose,  Canada 

Goose,  Emperor 

Goose,  Ross' 

Goose,  Snow  [Blue] 

Goose,  White-fronted 

Goshawk 

Grackle,  Common 

Grosbeak,  Black-headed 

Grosbeak,  Evening 

Grosbeak,  Pine 

Grosbeak,  Rose-breasted 

Grouse,  Blue 

Gull,  California 

Gull,  Herring 

Gull,  Ross' 

Hawk,  Broad-winged 

Hawk,  Cooper's 

Hawk,  Red-shouldered 

Hawk,  Red-tailed 

Hawk,  Rough-legged 

Hawk,  Sharp-shinned 

Hawk,  Sparrow  (European) 

Hawk,  Swainson's 

Heron,  Black-crowned  Night 

Heron,  Little  Blue 

Hummingbird,  Ruby-throated 


Aix  sponsa 

Haliaeetus  leucocephalus 
Casmerodius  albus 
Egretta  thula 
Somateria  mollissima 
Somateria  spectabilis 
Falco  peregrinus 
Carpodacus  purpureus 
Colaptes  auratus 
Empidonax  hammondii 
Empidonax  minimus 
Empidonax  difficilis 
Fregata  magnificens 
Limosa  limosa 
Limosa  haemastica 
Anser  indicus 
Branta  canadensis 
Philacte  canagica 
Chen  rossii 
Chen  caerulescens 
Anser  albifrons 
Accipter  gentilis 
Quiscalus  quiscula 
Pheucticus  melanocephalus 
Hesperiphona  vespertina 
Pinicola  enucleator 
Pheucticus  ludovicianus 
Dendragapus  obscurus 
Larus  califomicus 
Larus  argentatus 
Rhodostethia  rosea 
Buteo  platypterus 
Accipter  cooperii 
Buteo  lineatus 
Buteo  jamaicensis 
Buteo  lagopus 
Accipter  striatus 
Accipter  nisus 
Buteo  swainsoni 
Nycticorax  nycticorax 
Florida  caerulea 
Archilochus  colubris 


116 


Jay,  Blue 

Junco,  Dark-eyed 

Kingfisher,  Belted 

Kinglet,  Golden-crowned 

Kittiwake,  Red-legged 

Knot,  Red 

Lapwing 

Lark,  Horned 

Longspur,  Lapland 

Loon,  Arctic 

Mallard 

Martin,  Purple 

Nighthawk,  Common 

Nuthatch,  Red-breasted 

Oriole,  Black-headed  (Indian) 

Oriole,  Black-naped 

Ovenbird 

Owl,  Great-horned 

Owl,  Snowy 

Pelican,  White 

Penguin,  Adelie 

Petrel,  Wilson's  Storm 

Pewee,  Western  Wood 

Phalarope,  Northern 

Pigeon  (Rock  Dove) 

Pintail 

Plover,  Golden 

Quail,  Mountain 

Redhead 

Redstart,  American 

Robin,  American 

Rook 

Sanderling 

Sandpiper,  Baird's 

Sandpiper,  Purple 

Sandpiper,  White-rumped 

Sapsucker,  Williamson's 

Serin 

Shearwater,  Manx 

Shearwater,  Short-tailed 

Shearwater,  Sooty 

Shrike,  Loggerhead 


Cyanocitta  cristata 
Junco  hyemalis 
Megaceryle  alcyon 
Regulus  satrapa 
Rissa  brevirostris 
Calidris  canutus 
Vanellus  vanellus 
Eremophila  alpestris 
Calcarius  lapponicus 
Gavia  arctica 
Anas  platyrhynchos 
Progne  subis 
Chordeiles  minor 
Sitta  canadensis 
Oriolus  xanthornus 
Oriolus  chinensis 
Seiurus  aurocapillus 
Bubo  virginianus 
Nyctea  scandiaca 
Pelecanus  erythrorhynchos 
Pygoscelis  adeliae 
Oceanites  oceanicus 
Contopus  sordidulus 
Libipes  lobatus 
Columba  livia 
Anas  acuta 
Pluvialis  dominica 
Oreortyx  pictus 
Ay  thy  a  americana 
Setophaga  ruticilla 
Turdus  migratorius 
Corvus  frugilegus 
Calidris  alba 
Calidris  bairdii 
Calidris  maritima 
Calidris  fuscicollis 
Sphyrapicus  thyroideus 
Serinus  serinus 
Puffinus  puffinus 
Puffinus  tenuirostris 
Puffinus  griseus 
Lanius  ludovicianus 


117 


Shrike,  Red-backed 

Snipe,  Common 

Sora  (Rail) 

Sparrow,  Andean  (Rufous-collared) 

Sparrow,  Chipping 

Sparrow,  Field 

Sparrow,  Fox 

Sparrow,  Harris' 

Sparrow,  Ipswich 

Sparrow,  Savannah 

Sparrow,  Song 

Sparrow,  Swamp 

Sparrow,  Tree 

Sparrow,  Vesper 

Sparrow,  White- throated 

Swallow,  Bank 

Swallow,  Barn 

Swallow,  Cliff 

Swan,  Whistling 

Swift,  Chimney 

Swift,  Common 

Tanager,  Scarlet 

Tanager,  Western 

Tattler,  Wandering 

Teal,  Blue-winged 

Tern,  Arctic 

Tern,  Noddy 

Tern,  Sooty 

Thrush,  Gray-cheeked 

Thrush,  Hermit 

Thrush,  Swainson's 

Thrush,  Wood 

Turnstone,  Ruddy 

Veery 

Vireo,  Red-eyed 

Vulture,  Turkey 

Wagtail,  Yellow 

Warbler,  Arctic 

Warbler,  Blackpoll 

Warbler,  Black-and-white 

Warbler,  Black-throated  Blue 


Lanius  collurio 
Capella  gallinago 
Porzana  Carolina 
Zonotrichia  capensis 
Spizella  passerina 
Spizella  pusilla 
Passerella  iliaca 
Zonotrichia  querula 
Passerculus  sandwichensis 

princeps 

Passerculus  sandwichensis 
Melospiza  melodia 
Melospiza  georgiana 
Spizella  arborea 
Pooecetes  gramineus 
Zonotrichia  albicollis 
Riparia  riparia 
Hirundo  rustica 
Petrochelidon  pyrrhonota 
Olor  columbianus 
Chaetura  pelagica 
Apus  apus 
Piranga  olivacea 
Piranga  ludoviciana 
Heteroscelus  incanum 
Anas  discors 
Sterna  paradisaea 
Anous  stolidus 
Sterna  fuscata 
Catharus  minimus 
Catharus  guttatus 
Catharus  ustulatus 
Hylocichla  mustelina 
Arenaria  interpres 
Catharus  fuscescens 
Vireo  olivaceus 
Cathartes  aura 
Motacilla  flava 
Phylloscopus  borealis 
Dendroica  striata 
Mniotilta  varia 
Dendroica  caerulescens 


118 


irbler,  Cape  May 
Warbler,  Connecticut 
Warbler,  Golden-winged 
Warbler,  Kentucky 
Warbler,  Palm 
Warbler,  Pine 
Warbler,  Subalpine 
Warbler,  Willow 
Warbler,  Worm-eating 
Warbler,  Yellow 
Warbler,  Yellow-rumped 
Waxwing,  Bohemian 
Wheatear 
Wigeon,  American 
Woodcock,  American 
Wren,  Carolina 
Wren,  Long-billed  Marsh 
Wren,  Rock 
Wren,  Winter 
Yellowlegs,  Greater 
Yellowlegs,  Lesser 
Yellowthroat,  Common 


Dendroica  tigrina 
Oporomis  agilis 
Vermivora  chrysoptera 
Oporomis  formosus 
Dendroica  palmarum 
Dendroica  pinus 
Sylvia  cantillans 
Phylloscopus  trochilus 
Helmitheros  vermivorus 
Dendroica  petechia 
Dendroica  coronata 
Bombycilla  garrulus 
Oenanthe  oenanthe 
Anas  americana 
Philohela  minor 
Thryothorus  ludovicianus 
Telmatodytes  palustris 
Salpinctes  obsoletus 
Troglodytes  troglodytes 
Tringa  melanoleuca 
Tringa  flavipes 
Geothlypis  trichas 


119 


Created  in  1849,  the  Department  of  the  Interior— America's 
Department  of  Natural  Resources— is  concerned  with  the  man- 
agement, conservation,  and  development  of  the  Nation's  water, 
fish,  wildlife,  mineral,  forest,  and  park  and  recreational 
resources.  It  also  has  major  responsibilities  for  Indian  and 
Territorial  affairs. 

As  the  Nation's  principal  conservation  agency,  the  Depart- 
ment works  to  assure  that  nonrenewable  resources  are  developed 
and  used  wisely,  that  park  and  recreational  resources  are  con- 
served for  the  future,  and  that  renewable  resources  make  their 
full  contribution  to  the  progress,  prosperity,  and  security  of  the 
United  States— now  and  in  the  future. 


*    U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE:   1979  O— 274-535